<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss
version="2.0"	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/">	<channel><title>Laimoon.com</title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/sitemap/rss</link>	    <description>Courses in Dubai, Abu Dhabi, Sharjah Diplomas, Degrees &amp; Doctorates - Laimoon Course Guide</description>	    <language>en-us</language>	    	    			<image>				<url>https://cdn.laimoon.com/content_1547597273-uplatz-logo.png</url><title>Uplatz</title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/online/schools/uplatz</link>			</image>			    						<item><title><![CDATA[SAP WM  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-wm-uplatz-1/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<strong><em>SAP Warehouse Management:-</em></strong><br
/><br
/>The&nbsp;SAP Warehouse Management&nbsp;system (WMS) provides flexible, automated support in processing all goods movements and in&nbsp;managing&nbsp;stocks in your&nbsp;warehouse&nbsp;complex. The system supports scheduled and efficient processing of all logistics processes within your&nbsp;warehouse.<br
/><br
/><br
/>SAP Warehouse Management (WM)&nbsp;is an important SAP module that provides warehouse management functionality. This module provides tools &amp; processes to maintain inventory at optimum level.<br
/><br
/>SAP WM course covers all aspects of warehouse management and will provide you skills to become a successful warehouse manager with complete command over SAP WM module.<br
/><br
/>The following&nbsp;SAP training&nbsp;tutorials guides you about SAP warehouse management and enables to understand everything about WM and able to run a warehouse efficiently and conveniently.<br
/><br
/>It is one of the important sub&nbsp;module&nbsp;of&nbsp;material management&nbsp;that controls warehouse effectively<br
/><br
/>Time and time again you may have heard of&nbsp;SAP systems. What you may not have come across is the SAP ware house management system. There is no question about what it is related to but understanding what it is and what it can do for you as an employee or owner of a ware house is very interesting.<br
/><br
/><strong>SAP Warehouse Management Course Syllabus<br
/><br
/>01. Introduction to Warehouse Management</strong><br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Warehouse management overview in SAP R/3<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Organization Data<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Warehouse Structure<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Warehouse Master Data<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; WM Material master view<br
/>&nbsp;&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<strong>02. Organization Data</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<em> Define Warehouse structure</em><br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Warehouse number<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Storage type<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Storage section<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Storage Bin<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Picking Area<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Storage unit<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Quant<br
/>&nbsp;<em> Master Data</em><br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Material Master<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Storage bin<br
/>&nbsp;<em> Transfer Requirement</em><br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Create Transfer requirement automatically<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Create Transfer requirement manually<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Create Transfer requirement for storage type<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Create Transfer requirement for material<br
/>&nbsp;&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<strong>03. Transfer Order</strong><br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Number Range for TO<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Create TO Transfer Requirement<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Create TO Posting change notice no<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Create TO Storage unit<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Create TO Material document<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Create TO Inbound delivery<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Creation In Background<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Confirm the Transfer Order<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Cancel the Transfer Order<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Print Transfer Order<br
/>&nbsp;&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<strong>04. Put away Strategies</strong><br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Next to empty bin<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Fixed Bin<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Open Storage<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Addition to existing bin<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Pallets<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Fixed bin strategy<br
/>&nbsp;&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<strong>05. Picking Strategies</strong><br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Shelf life expired<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; FIFO<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Stringent FIFO<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; LIFO<br
/>&nbsp;&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<strong>06. Warehouse Management Business Scenarios</strong><br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Goods Receipt processing with inbound delivery (with ASN)<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Goods receipt processing without inbound delivery<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Goods issue for internal consumption<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Replenishment Control for Storage Type<br
/>&nbsp;&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<strong>07. Warehouse movement types</strong><br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Define reference movement types for WM<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Assign reference movement types to WM movement types<br
/>&nbsp;&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<strong>08. Search Strategies</strong><br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Storage type search strategies<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Storage section search strategies<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Storage bin type search strategies<br
/>&nbsp;&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<strong>09. Batch Management in WM</strong><br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Condition Tables<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Access Sequence<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Strategy Types<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; WM Batch Search Procedure<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Batch Status in WM<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Characteristics and class<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; SLED In Batch in WM<br
/>&nbsp;&middot; Manual And Automatic Batch Display In WM<br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: 30 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 01 Aug 2020 13:19:25 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[R Programming (video-based)  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-r-programming-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						R programming training course introduces R environment and basic statistical analysis. It extends the learning curve by teaching techniques used for data manipulation and the overview of basic data structures. Statistical applications using R programming and exploration of data using box plots, histograms, correlation coefficients will also be illustrated.<br
/><br
/>In this world of information overload and data explosion, there is a dire need to leverage this data and make sense of it all. R is rapidly becoming the leading programming language for effective data analysis and statistics. It is the tool of choice for many data science professionals in every ;Star R Programming&nbsp;is an all-inclusive training program that aims at building a skill-set to tackle real-world data analysis challenges as a data engineer. It is a guide to understand how to program in R and how to use R for effective data analysis.<br
/><br
/>The course covers practical issues in statistical computing which includes programming in R, reading data into R, accessing R packages, writing R functions, debugging, and organizing and commenting R code.<br
/><br
/>R possesses an extensive catalog of statistical and graphical methods. It includes machine learning algorithms, linear regression, time series, statistical inference to name a few. Most of the R libraries are written in R, but for heavy computational tasks, C, C++ and Fortran codes are preferred.<br
/><br
/><strong>R Programming Course Syllabus</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<ol><li>Understanding of R System</li><li>Installation and configuration of R-Environment and R-Studio</li><li>Understanding R Packages, their&nbsp;installation and management</li><li>Understanding of nuts and bolts of R:<ol><li>R program Structure</li><li>R Data Type, Command Syntax and Control Structures</li><li>File Operations in R</li></ol></li><li>Application of R Programming in Daily life problems</li><li>Preparing Data in R<ol><li>Data Cleaning</li><li>Data imputation</li><li>Data conversion</li></ol></li><li>Visualizing data using R with different type of graphs and charts</li><li>Applying R Advance features to solve complex problems and&nbsp;finetuning&nbsp;R Processes</li></ol>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 17 GBP</p><p>Discount: 10% Off for Laimoon Users!</p><p>Duration: 20 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 18:49:02 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP UI5 & Fiori  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-ui5-fiori-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<strong>SAP UI5 AND FIORI Course Syllabus</strong><br
/><br
/><strong>Basic Foundation for UI5</strong><br
/><strong>Lesson 1: HTML</strong><br
/><br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Creating our first web page<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Line breaks, paragraphs and headers<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Bold, italics and comments<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Lists<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Linking to another page<br
/>&middot;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;Images<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Directory structures<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;New audio tag, New video tag<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Table<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Forms, Get/Post method, action<br
/><br
/><strong>Lesson 2: Cascade Style sheet</strong><br
/>External style sheet<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Font properties<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;CSS comments<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Box model, padding, border, margin, padding<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Classes<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Div and Span<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Working with colors<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Background images<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;ID&#39;s, child selectors, pseudo classes<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Styling links, styling lists<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Rounded corners<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Linear gradient<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Float and clear<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;New tags for the layout<br
/><br
/><strong>Lesson 3: DOM</strong><br
/>Document Object Model<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Relating HTML Elements<br
/><br
/><strong>Lesson 4: JavaScript</strong><br
/><br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Introduction to JavaScript<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Statements and Comments<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Finding Errors<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Variables, Data Types<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Operators<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Strings<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Events<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Functions, Functions with Parameters<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Functional with Multiple Parameters<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Variable scope<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Arrays<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Statements if, else, nesting if, Complex Conditions, switch<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;While loop, for loop<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Objects, properties and methods<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Referencing elements in JavaScript<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Changing an image source<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Forms, form values<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Form validation text boxes, and passwords<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Radio buttons, Check Boxes<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Creating HTML Element<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Modifying HTML Elements<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Appending HTML Elements<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Deleting HTML Elements<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Regular Expressions<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Object oriented Javascript<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prototype in Javascript<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Javascript Literals<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Javascript Objects, properties, and functions<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>Lesson 5: jQuery</strong><br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Selectors<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Events<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;DOM Manipulation<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>SAP UI5 Framework and Controls</strong><br
/><strong>Lesson 6: SAPUI5</strong><br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Installing SAPUI5<ul><li>Before you Start</li><li>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Naming Conventions for Control and Application Development<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Browser and Platform Matrixes<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Compatibility Rules<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Experimental Flag<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Security Information for SAPUI5<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Getting Started with SAPUI5<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Concepts<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Application Best Practice<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Initializing and Loading SAPUI5<br
/>SAPUI5 in HTML Pages<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Models and Data Binding<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Building the UI<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Structuring SAPUI5 Applications<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Translating SAPUI5 Applications<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br
/>Application Upgrades<br
/>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; g)&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Supportability<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Building Mobile Applications with SAPUI5<br
/>&middot;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;Containers<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Troubleshooting<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Testing in SAPUI5<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Developing Content for SAPUI5<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;WEB-IDE</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>SAP Fiori Introduction and App Development</strong><br
/><strong>Lesson 7: SAP Fiori</strong><br
/><br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Master Detail view in SAPUI5 Mobile<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Master Detail view in SAPUI5 Desktop<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Routing in Components<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; API<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; API<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; API<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Fragments<br
/><strong>Object Oriented Programming in ABAP</strong><br
/><strong>Lesson 8: Object Oriented Programming in ABAP</strong><br
/><br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;What is Object and class?<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;Why to define a class?<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;Components of class<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;Attributes - Instance, static, constant<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;Methods- instance, static<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;Role of Attributes &amp; Methods in OOPs programming<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;Defining class in class builder<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;Accessing Attributes in a method<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;Instantiation of object in report program<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;Visibility - Public, Private, Protected<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;Method parameters - importing, exporting, changing, returning<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;Relationship between objects<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;Association<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;Aggregation<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;Composition<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;Realization<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;Generalization<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;Interface<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;Abstract class<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;Type casting<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;Widening Casting<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;Narrow Casting<br
/><strong>SAP Netweaver Gateway Using OData Service</strong><br
/><strong>Lesson 9: SAP Netweaver Gateway</strong><ul><li>&nbsp;Introduction NetWeaver Gateway<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp;NetWeaver Gateway Usage<br
/>&bull; &nbsp; Gateway Architecture overview<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp;Technical Components involved<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp;Introduction to REST<br
/>&bull; &nbsp; Introduction to OData<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp;OData advantages<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp;Introduction to OData formats JSON and XML<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp;Overview of Structure of an OData Service<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp;Overview of Service Document<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp;Overview of Service Metadata Document</li></ul><strong>OData Operations</strong>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>Lesson 10: OData Operations</strong><br
/><br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp;Create<br
/>&bull; &nbsp; Read<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp;Update<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp;Delete<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp;OData Query Options<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp;Filtering and Projecting ($filter and $select)<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp;Sorting ($orderby)<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp;Client-Side Paging ($top, $skip, and $inlinecount)<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp;Counting ($count)<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp;Inlining ($expand)<br
/>&bull;&nbsp; &nbsp;Formatting ($format)<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: 30 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 16:21:09 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP Treasury and Risk Management S/4HANA  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-treasury-and-risk-management-s-4hana-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<strong>SAP&nbsp;TRM S/4HANA Course Curriculum</strong><ul><li>Treasury &amp; Risk Management Introduction</li><li>Concepts of TRM</li><li>Basic settings</li><li>Company Code and required setting for G_L Accounts Creation</li><li>Customer Master Data</li><li>Business Partners Creation</li><li>Bank</li><li>Reporting options</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/><em><strong>General Settings in Transaction Manager</strong></em><ul><li>General settings</li><li>Define Company Code additional data</li><li>Define Portfolio (Money Market, Foreign Exchange, Derivatives, Commodities and Securities)</li><li>Define Traders (Business Partners)</li><li>Assign Factory Calendar</li><li>Define and Assign Accounting codes and Valuation areas</li><li>Initialization of Parallel Valuation Areas</li><li>Define and Assign Valuation Classes</li><li>Define Account Determination</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/><em><strong>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;Transaction Manager: Security Management</strong></em><ul><li>Security Management overview</li><li>Master data</li><li>Trading and Back office</li><li>Accounting and Closing Operations</li><li>Position Management</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/><em>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<strong>Money Market / Foreign Exchange (includes Delta settings)</strong></em><ul><li>Define Product Types</li><li>Define Number range for Transaction Types</li><li>Define Flow Types Assign Flow Type to Transaction Type</li><li>Define Calculation Procedure for Derived Flows</li><li>Define Derivation Procedures and Rules</li><li>Define Update Types and Assign Usages</li><li>Assign Flow Types to Update Types</li><li>Define Correspondence Activities</li><li>Assign General Valuation Class</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/><em><strong>&nbsp; &nbsp; Transaction Manager: Forex, Derivatives</strong></em><ul><li>Foreign Exchange Trading</li><li>Trading function</li><li>Accounting Functions</li><li>Additional Information: Parallel position management</li><li>Valuation functions</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/><em>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;<strong>Securities</strong></em><ul><li>Define Currency Units</li><li>Define Number Range for Security Classes</li><li>Define Company Code-Dependent Settings for the Product Type</li><li>Assign Flow Type to Transaction Type</li><li>Define Calculation Procedure for Derived Flows</li><li>Define Derivation Procedures and Rules</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/><em><strong>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;Market Data Management</strong></em><ul><li>Currency Exchange Entries</li><li>Reference Interest Rate Entries</li><li>Securities and Indexes</li><li>Enter Commodities Spot Prices</li><li>Credit Spreads for Transactions, Securities and Loans,</li><li>Volatilities &ndash; Interest, Securities, Exchange</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/><em><strong>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;Credit Risk Analyzer</strong></em><ul><li>Global Settings</li><li>Define Collateral Priority</li><li>Define Collateral Type</li><li>Activate/Deactivate Financial Object Integration</li><li>Derive Default Risk Control Parameters for Money Market transactions</li><li>Activate Integrated Default Risk Limit Check</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/><em><strong>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;Market Risk Analyzer</strong></em><ul><li>Basic Settings</li><li>Define Maturity Band</li><li>Define Cash Flow Indicators&amp; Cash Flow Types</li><li>Value at Risk</li><li>Key Figures and Evaluation Procedures</li><li>Simulation</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>Course Objectives</strong><ul><li>Understand how SAP TRM is structured as a sub-module in SAP Financial Supply Chain Management</li><li>Recognize the key strengths and capabilities of SAP TRM</li><li>Learn steps to capture a typical TRM transaction from creation of business partner to reporting</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: 30 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 16:15:56 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP Treasury & Risk Management  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-treasury-risk-management-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<strong>SAP TRM (Treasury and Risk Management) - ECC Based</strong><br
/><strong>Course Curriculum</strong><ol><li>SAP TRM Introductory Session</li><li>SAP CASH MANAGEMENT<br
/>&nbsp;</li><li>CASH POSITION</li></ol><ul><li>SOURCES OF DATA FOR CASH POSITION</li><li>INTEGRATION WITH THE CASH POSITION<br
/>&nbsp;</li></ul><ol><li>LIQUIDITY FORECAST</li></ol><ul><li>SOURCES OF DATA FOR LIQUIDITY FORECAST</li><li>FEATURES OF THE LIQUDITY FORECAST</li><li>INTEGRATION THE LIQUIDITY FORECAST</li><li>SAP LIQUIDITY PLANNER<br
/>&nbsp;</li></ul><ol><li>PROCESSING SEQUENCE<br
/>&nbsp;</li><li>CONFIGURATION STEPS INVOLVED TO DO THE CASH POSITION</li></ol><ul><li>cash position and liquidity forecasting</li><li>configuration for cash position</li><li>Activate the cash management at the company code global parameters</li><li>Creating a bank master record</li><li>Creation of House Bank</li><li>Defining the value date default</li><li>Defining the source symbols</li><li>Determining the account assignments and document splitting</li><li>GL Account related settings</li><li>Defining Account Groups</li><li>Defining the field status groups for the Cash accounts</li><li>Defining the Planning levels</li><li>Creation of Bank GL account for each bank account</li><li>Creation of Bank GL accounts</li><li>Creation of Bank clearing GL accounts</li><li>Defining the cash management account name</li><li>Define the grouping and the header</li><li>Maintain the grouping structure</li><li>Grouping structure for the cash position<br
/>&nbsp;</li></ul><ol><li>MANUAL MEMO RECORDS</li></ol><ul><li>Define Planning levels for the memo records</li><li>Defining the Archiving categories for the cash management and forecast</li><li>Defining the Number ranges for the manual planning</li><li>Defining the Planning type and assigning the number ranges.</li><li>Defining the Cash management account name</li><li>Defining the value date default</li><li>Creation of the manual memo record</li><li>Creation of the manual memo record</li><li>changing the memo records</li><li>Loading the records from the file</li><li>Display the payment advice journal and Display the planned item journal<br
/>&nbsp;</li></ul><ol><li>LIQUIDITY FORECASTING</li></ol><ul><li>Features of the liquidity forecasting</li><li>comparison of cash position and liquidity forecast</li><li>Integration with the Liquidity forecast:</li></ul><ol><li>FI - Financial accounting (Payment history)</li><li>SD - Sales and distribution (Sales orders)</li><li>MM - Materials Management (Purchase orders)</li><li>CM - Cash management (liquidity forecast)</li></ol><ul><li>Configuration steps for the Liquidity forecasting:</li><li>Steps for processing the liquidity forecasting<br
/>&nbsp;</li></ul><ol><li>Cash Management basic settings</li></ol><ul><li>GL Settings</li><li>CUSTOMER CONTROL SETTINGS</li><li>VENDOR CONTROL SETTINGS<br
/>&nbsp;</li></ul><ol><li>MANUAL BANK STATEMENT</li></ol><ul><li>Creating the Account symbols</li><li>Assigning the accounts to the account symbols</li><li>Creating the keys for the Posting Rules</li><li>Define the Posting Rules</li><li>Creating and Assigning the Business Transactions</li><li>Define the variants for the manual bank statement</li><li>Specifications for the bank statements</li><li>Entering the bank statements items and then post<br
/>&nbsp;</li></ul><ol><li>CHECK DEPOSIT PROCEDURE:</li></ol><ul><li>Post a customer invoice</li><li>Payment received from the customer for the invoice</li><li>Manual bank statement Posting<br
/>&nbsp;</li></ul><ol><li>CASH CONCENTRATION</li></ol><ul><li>Creation of all the necessary bank Gl accounts and bank clearing gl accounts</li><li>Defining the Cash Management Account Name and the Planning levels</li><li>Defining the Groupings - header and the structure in the Groupings</li><li>Defining the intermediate account, Clearing Accounts and the amounts (planning amount, minimum amount etc)</li><li>Specifying the Forms for the correspondence</li><li>Creation of the Cash concentration proposal based on Grouping</li><li>Creation of Payment Advices</li><li>Editing of the Payment advices</li><li>Creation of the confirmation letters for the payment orders</li><li>Posting the Payment advices</li><li>Reports</li></ul><p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: 18 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 16:11:14 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP SuccessFactors PMGM  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-successfactors-pmgm-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<strong>SAP SUCCESSFACTORS</strong>&nbsp;<strong>PERFORMANCE &amp; GOALS MANAGEMENT Course Syllabus</strong><br
/><br
/>1. Goal Management Process<br
/>2. Goal Template Configuration<br
/>3. Old &amp; V12 Goal Management Template<br
/>4. Import/Export Objective Library<br
/>5. Import Goals<br
/>6. Goal Execution settings<br
/>7. Performance Management Process<br
/>8. Route Maps<br
/>9. Rating Scales<br
/> Template settings<br
/> Forms<br
/><br
/> Plans<br
/> Degree Reviews<br
/> Route Map process<br
/> 360 forms<br
/> Plan pr<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: 12 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 12:15:01 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP SuccessFactors Onboarding  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-successfactors-onboarding-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						An unorganised and incomplete onboarding process can cause new hires to become disengaged and ultimately, be the deciding factor if they stay with the company or not. With SAP SuccessFactors Onboarding, you can streamline the entire process to ensure new hires and employees moving to new roles, feel empowered and engaged with you.<br
/><br
/>A critical part of a strategic talent management strategy, onboarding can often be overlooked. With SAP SuccessFactors, hiring managers have a step-by-step process to follow and, HR has an easy-to-use dashboard to track progress.<br
/><br
/><br
/><strong><em>Key Features of SuccessFactors Onboarding:-</em></strong><br
/><br
/><em>The key features of SuccessFactors Onboarding are as follows &minus;</em><br
/><br
/>Hiring coordinator can initiate onboarding for hires recruited through SuccessFactors recruitment.<br
/><br
/>Hiring process involves kickoff onboarding process in SuccessFactors for all hires and complete new hire steps.<br
/><br
/>Onboarding involves follow up with hire to make sure that he has completed new hire steps and has taken advantage of the new hire portal.<br
/><br
/>Onboarding can be integrated with recruitment and Employee central to manage new hire activities.<br
/><br
/><strong>SAP Successfactors Onboarding</strong><br
/><strong>COURSE DETAILS &amp; CURRICULUM</strong><br
/><br
/><strong><em>Lesson 1: Introduction to Onboarding &amp; Onboarding </em></strong><br
/><br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Onboarding functionalities<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Onboarding Resources<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enable Features in Provisioning<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Onboarding components<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Homepage V3 Tile group<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Data model for the Onboarding process Implementation Process<br
/><br
/><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong><em>Lesson 2: Initial Technical Configuration</em></strong><br
/><br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Activate Features in Super Admin<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Web Services<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Test Onboarding Process<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Complete Hiring Manager Activities<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;New Hire Completes Paperwork in SF HCM<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Metadata Framework<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Manage Business Configuration<br
/><br
/><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong><em>Lesson 3: Security Setup</em></strong><br
/><br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set up Role Based Permissions<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Create Reports and Run Sync Jobs<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Security Administration<br
/><br
/><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong><em>Lesson 4: Business Configuration and Administration</em></strong><br
/><br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Corporate Structure<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Data Dictionary<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Picklists<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;PDF Forms<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Panel Designer<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Notifications<br
/><br
/><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong><em>Lesson 5: Configure Hiring Manager Activities</em></strong><br
/><br
/><br
/><strong><em>Lesson 6: Onboarding Integration</em></strong><br
/><br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;RCM Integration Configuration<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Initiate Onboarding from Recruiting<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong><em>Lesson 7: Mobile Onboarding settings</em></strong><br
/><br
/><br
/><strong><em>Lesson 8: Offboarding</em></strong><br
/><br
/><br
/><strong><em>Lesson 9: Cross boarding</em></strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>SAP SuccessFactors Onboarding covers all aspects of the employee lifecycle. When employees move within the company know they have efficient knowledge transfer and are able to get up to speed in their new role quickly. And when an employee&#39;s time at your company comes to an end, be that retirement, restructuring or seasonality, SuccessFactors facilitates a simple, clean offboarding process you would come to expect.<br
/><br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: 20 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 12:07:22 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP SuccessFactors LMS  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-successfactors-lms-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						The module LMS is part of the SAP SuccessFactors suite and is therefore already seamlessly integrated with master data records and other SuccessFactors modules. This makes it possible to  connect individual goals and objectives to specific courses, classes, or more informal study groups. If you already use SuccessFactors, opting for LMS may be the most logical choice as it offers seamless integration and a consistent user experience for employees.<br
/><br
/><br
/><em><strong>SAP SuccessFactors LMS Features:-</strong></em><br
/><br
/>Create courses and curricula&nbsp;&ndash; Your web-based content will support performance goals, career and succession plans, organisational development, and compliance objectives.<br
/><br
/>Track the progress of your employees&nbsp;&ndash; Deploy a learning strategy with SAP SuccessFactors LMS and their online learning platform that includes exams, assessments, and certifications.<br
/><br
/>Gain insight with analytics&nbsp;&ndash; With the advanced SAP LMS portal offering comprehensive metrics, you can measure the effectiveness and value of your training and then make better decisions based on those metrics.<br
/><br
/>Offer course recommendations and ratings&nbsp;&ndash; Help users identify which courses will help them in their development plans with a superior course management system; show course ratings to encourage feedback and improve course offerings.<br
/><br
/>Ensure regulatory compliance&nbsp;&ndash; Companies in highly regulated industries can utilise our validated SaaS for LMS option in order to ensure regulatory compliance.<br
/><br
/><br
/><strong>SAP&nbsp;SF Learning Management System<br
/>course syllabus</strong><br
/><br
/><strong>Introduction to SF LMS</strong><ul><li>Points Introduction to Success Factors</li><li>User management</li><li>User Records</li><li>Parts inside user sheet</li><li>User connectors and other standard connectors</li><li>Data flow from BIZX to LMS</li><li>Assignment Profiles</li></ul><strong>Learning Management</strong><ul><li>Items Creation AND Management</li><li>Scheduled Offerings &ndash; Create</li><li>edit</li><li>close and cancel</li><li>Instructors</li><li>Item Requests</li><li>Catalogs</li><li>Registration</li><li>Enrollment status</li><li>Subject Areas</li><li>Perquisites</li><li>Substitutes</li><li>Segments</li><li>Approval Process</li><li>Pricing</li></ul><strong>Role and Security Management</strong><ul><li>User and Admin Roles</li><li>Domains</li><li>Domain Restriction</li><li>Workflow group and workflow ID&rsquo;S</li><li>Entity and function</li></ul><strong>Curriculum Management</strong><ul><li>Curriculum, Contents of curricula</li><li>Completion status of curricula</li><li>Period based assignment in Curricula</li></ul><strong>Content Management</strong><ul><li>Content Objects AICC</li><li>SCORM</li><li>Types of communication- Launch type</li></ul><strong>System Administration</strong><ul><li>General settings</li><li>Basic configurations</li><li>CUSTOM COLUMN Creations</li><li>ASM</li></ul><strong>Notifications</strong><ul><li>Notification templates</li><li>Notification triggers</li></ul><strong>Resource Management</strong><ul><li>Physical Resources</li><li>Locations</li><li>Equipment</li><li>Instructor</li></ul><strong>Commerce Management</strong><ul><li>Account codes</li><li>COSTS AND Pricing</li><li>Base and Additional Costs</li><li>Cost and Profit center</li><li>Cost Name</li><li>Cost summary and Cost calculation tab</li><li>Manage Financial Transactions</li><li>Record learning financial</li><li>Cancellation policies</li></ul><strong>Evaluation Surveys</strong><ul><li>User evaluations</li><li>Configuration of new questionnaire surveys</li><li>Pre and Post exams</li><li>Question EDITOR</li><li>Exams object model creation</li><li>Report Management</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: 12 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 12:04:01 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP SuccessFactors Compensation  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-successfactors-compensation-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						SAP SuccessFactors Compensation&nbsp;helps business leaders,&nbsp;compensation&nbsp;managers, and HR professionals dramatically improve budget accuracy, reduce risk, and tie their greatest expense - employee pay - to actual business results. It is the most comprehensive&nbsp;compensation&nbsp;management suite in the market.<br
/><br
/>Compensation, variable pay, and bonus are a part of Compensation management package in SuccessFactors and are available under same license. Compensation deals with fixed salary paid to the employees.<br
/><br
/><em><strong>Bonus and Variable calculations are based on the following three goals &minus;</strong></em><br
/><br
/>Individual goals<br
/><br
/>Team Goals<br
/><br
/>Group Goals<br
/><br
/><br
/><strong>SAP SuccessFactors Compensation</strong><br
/><strong>COURSE Syllabus</strong><br
/><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>Compensation Mastery:</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>&bull; Pre-work<br
/>&bull; Compensation Management Introduction<br
/>&bull; Provisioning exercises<br
/>&bull; Discovery and Kickoff<br
/>&bull; Data Integration<br
/>&bull; Provisioning and XML<br
/>&bull; Comp admin tools<br
/>&bull; Comp Mastery Salary Sheet<br
/>&bull; Executive Review<br
/>&bull; Multi currency review<br
/>&bull; Budgets<br
/>&bull; Bonus Sheet<br
/>&bull; Stock Options<br
/>&bull; Reporting<br
/>&bull; Compensation Statement<br
/>&bull; Admin Maintenance<br
/>&bull; Trouble shooting<br
/>&bull; EC Integration<br
/>&bull; Final exercise<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: 10 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 11:59:55 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP SuccessFactors Variable Pay  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-successfactors-variable-pay-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<strong>SAP SuccessFactors Variable Pay</strong><br
/><br
/>SuccessFactors Variable Pay is a software module in the SuccessFactors HCM suite. It calculates employee bonuses based on quantitative performance of the business and individual employee performance in a given period.<br
/><br
/><em><strong>Features of SuccessFactors Variable Pay:-</strong></em><br
/><br
/>Manages employees with bonus target amounts<br
/>Calculate bonus payout on weighted business, individual and/or team goals<br
/><br
/>Integrated employee performance into bonus calculation either as additive or multiplicative component<br
/><br
/>Assigns bonus plan based on one or more employee history fields<br
/>Prorates bonus target amount for employees who are on a plan for a portion of the plan period<br
/><br
/>Employees can be assigned to more than one bonus plan<br
/><br
/><strong><em>course syllabus:-</em></strong><ul><li>Getting started with Variable Pay &amp; its Permissions</li><li>Set-up of Pre-program Tasks</li><li>Setup &amp; Configure employee data (Bonus data, History, Legibility data etc.)</li><li>Understanding Business Goals &amp; Setting-up of Variable Pay plan</li><li>Variable Pay plan design, Defining Fields and&nbsp;Launch</li><li>Knowledge on Planning Cycle</li></ul>Learn more with this course of SAP SuccessFactors Variable pay.<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: 7 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 11:54:56 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[Python Programming (video- based)  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-python-programming-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						Python is a high-level, general-purpose and a very popular programming language. Python programming language (latest Python 3) is being used in web development, Machine Learning applications, along with all cutting edge technology in Software Industry. Python Programming Language is very well suited for Beginners, also for experienced programmers with other programming languages like C++ and Java.<br
/><br
/>Python&#39;s design philosophy emphasizes&nbsp;code readability&nbsp;with its notable use of&nbsp;significant whitespace. Its&nbsp;language constructs&nbsp;and&nbsp;object-oriented&nbsp;approach aim to help&nbsp;programmers&nbsp;write clear, logical code for small and large-scale projects.<br
/><br
/>The goal of the course is to introduce students to Python Version  programming using hands on instruction. It will show how to install Python and use the Spyder IDE (Integrated Development Environment) for writing and debugging programs. The approach will be to present an example followed by a small exercise where the learner tries something similar to solidify a concept. At the end of each module there will be an exercise where the student is required to write simple programs and submit them for grading. It is intended for students with little or no programming background, although students with such a background should be able to move forward at their preferred pace.<br
/><br
/><em><strong>It is used for:-</strong></em><br
/><br
/>web development (server-side)<br
/><br
/>software development<br
/><br
/>mathematics<br
/><br
/>system scripting.<br
/><br
/><br
/><strong>Python Programming &ndash;&nbsp;course&nbsp;syllabus</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>Introduction to Python Programming<br
/>What is Python Programming?<br
/>History of Python Programming<br
/>Features of Python Programming<br
/>Why to learn Python Programming<br
/>Application of Python Programming<br
/>Setup of Python Programming<br
/>Getting Python<br
/>Installation of Python<br
/>Getting started with the first Python program<br
/>Running the first Python Program<br
/>Variables and Data types<br
/>What is a variable?<br
/>Declaration of variable<br
/>Variable assignment<br
/>Data types in Python<br
/>Checking Data type<br
/>Data types Conversion<br
/>Python programs for Variables and Data types.<br
/>Python Identifiers, Keywords, Reading Input, Output Formatting<br
/>What is an Identifier?<br
/>Keywords<br
/>Reading Input<br
/>Taking multiple inputs from user<br
/>Output Formatting<br
/>Python end parameter<br
/><br
/>Operators in Python<br
/>Operators and types of operators<br
/>1. Arithmetic Operators<br
/>2. Relational Operators<br
/>3. Assignment Operators<br
/>4. Logical Operators<br
/>5. Membership Operators<br
/>6. Identity Operators<br
/>7. Bitwise Operators<br
/>Python programs for all types of operators<br
/><br
/>DECISION MAKING<br
/>Introduction to Decision making<br
/>Types of decision making statements<br
/>Introduction, syntax, flowchart and programs for<br
/>- if statement<br
/>- if&hellip;else statement<br
/>- elif statement<br
/>Loops<br
/>Introduction to loops<br
/>Types of loops<br
/>- for loop<br
/>- while loop<br
/>- infinite loop<br
/>- nested loop<br
/>Break, continue and pass statement<br
/>Python programs for all types of loops<br
/><br
/>NUMBERS<br
/>Number Type Conversion<br
/>Random Number Functions<br
/>Trigonometric Functions<br
/>Mathematical Constants<br
/><br
/>STRINGS<br
/>Accessing Values in Strings<br
/>Updating Strings<br
/>String Special Operators<br
/>Built-in String Methods<br
/><br
/>LISTS<br
/>Python Lists<br
/>Accessing Values in Lists<br
/>Updating Lists<br
/>Deleting List Elements<br
/>Basic List Operations<br
/>Indexing, Slicing, and Matrixes<br
/>Built-in List Functions and Methods<br
/><br
/>TUPLES<br
/>Accessing Values in Tuples<br
/>Updating Tuples<br
/>Deleting Tuple Elements<br
/>Basic Tuples Operations&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br
/>Indexing, Slicing, and Matrixes<br
/>Built-in Tuple Functions<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>DICTIONARY<br
/>Accessing Values in Dictionary<br
/>Updating Dictionary<br
/>Delete Dictionary Elements<br
/>Properties of Dictionary Keys<br
/>Built-in Dictionary Functions and Methods<br
/><br
/>DATE AND TIME&nbsp;<br
/>What is Tick?<br
/>What is Time Tuple?<br
/>Getting Current Time<br
/>Getting Formatted Time&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br
/>Getting Calendar for a Month<br
/><br
/>FUNCTIONS &nbsp;<br
/>Defining a Function<br
/>Calling a Function<br
/>Passing by Reference versus Passing by Value<br
/>Function Arguments<br
/>Required Arguments<br
/>Recursive Function<br
/><br
/>MODULES &nbsp;<br
/>The import Statement<br
/>The <strong>&lsquo;from&rsquo;</strong> import Statement<br
/>The &lsquo;<strong>from&rsquo;</strong> import * Statement<br
/>Locating Modules:<br
/><br
/>FILES I/O&nbsp; &nbsp;<br
/>Printing to the Screen<br
/>Opening and Closing Files<br
/>The open Function<br
/>The file Object Attributes<br
/>The close() Method<br
/>Reading and Writing Files<br
/>The write() Method<br
/>The read() Method<br
/><br
/>MORE OPERATIONS ON FILES<br
/>EXCEPTIONS&nbsp; &nbsp;<br
/>What is Exception?<br
/>Handling an Exception<br
/>The except Clause with No Exceptions<br
/>The except Clause with Multiple Exceptions<br
/>The try-finally Clause<br
/>Argument of an Exception<br
/><br
/>CLASSES AND OBJECTS<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>REGULAR EXPRESSION<br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 18 GBP</p><p>Discount: 90% Off for Laimoon Users!</p><p>Duration: 25 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 11:49:37 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[React.js  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-react-js-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<strong> Course Syllabus</strong><br
/><br
/><strong>Introduction</strong><ul><li>What is ReactJS?</li><li>Installation or Setup</li><li>Hello World with Stateless Functions</li><li>Absolute Basics of Creating Reusable Components</li><li>Create React App</li><li>Hello World</li><li>Hello World Component</li></ul><strong>Components</strong><ul><li>Creating Components</li><li>Basic Componeents</li><li>Nesting Components</li><li>Props</li><li>Component states - Dynamic user-interface</li><li>Variations of Stateless Functional Components</li><li>setState pitfalls</li></ul><strong>Using ReactJS with TypeScript </strong><ul><li>ReactJS component written in TypeScript</li><li>Installation and Setup</li><li>Stateless React Components in TypeScript</li><li>Stateless and property-less Components</li></ul><strong>State in React</strong><ul><li>Basic State</li><li>Common Antipattern</li><li>setState()</li><li>State, Events And Managed Controls</li></ul><strong>&nbsp;Props in React</strong><ul><li>Introduction</li><li>Default props</li><li>PropTypes</li><li>Passing down props using spread operator</li><li> and component composition</li><li>Detecting the type of Children components</li></ul><strong>React Component Lifecycle</strong><ul><li>Component Creation</li><li>Component Removal</li><li>Component Update</li><li>Lifecycle method call in different states</li><li>React Component Container</li></ul><strong>&nbsp;Forms and User Input</strong><ul><li>Controlled Components</li><li>Uncontrolled Components</li></ul><strong>React AJAX call</strong><ul><li>HTTP GET request</li><li>HTTP GET request and looping through data</li><li>Ajax in React without a third party library -  with Vanilla</li></ul><strong>Communication Between Components</strong><ul><li>Child to Parent Components</li><li>Not-related Components</li><li>Parent to Child Components</li></ul><strong>&nbsp;Stateless Functional Components</strong><ul><li>Stateless Functional Component</li></ul><strong>Performance</strong><ul><li>Performance measurement with ReactJS</li><li>React&#39;s diffs algorithm</li><li>The Basics - HTML DOM vs Virtual DOM.</li></ul><strong>Introduction to Server-Side Rendering</strong><ul><li>Rendering components</li></ul><strong>Setting Up React Environment</strong><ul><li>Simple React Component</li><li>Install all dependencies</li><li>Configure webpack</li><li>Configure babe</li><li>HTML file to use react component</li><li>Transpile and bundle your component</li></ul><strong>Using React with Flow</strong><ul><li>Using Flow to check prop types of stateless functional components</li><li>Using Flow to check prop types</li></ul><strong>&nbsp;JSX</strong><ul><li>Props in JSX</li><li>Children in JSX</li></ul><strong>Keys in react</strong><ul><li>Using the id of an element</li><li>Using the array index</li></ul><strong>&nbsp;Higher Order Components</strong><ul><li>Higher Order Component that checks for authentication</li><li>Simple Higher Order Component</li></ul><strong>&nbsp;React with Redux</strong><ul><li>Using Connect.</li></ul><p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: 20 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 11:44:56 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP SuccessFactors EC Payroll  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/sap-successfactors-ec-payroll-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll is available exclusively to customers using the&nbsp;SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central ;With SAP SuccessFactors solutions, you can solve your unique HR needs by tapping into a breadth and depth of global HR solutions spanning core HR, talent management, and analytics. Addressing both the operational and strategic aspects of HR, our suite helps you find the right talent, develop future leaders, and engage all employees with automated, transparent, end-to-end processes.<br
/><br
/><em><strong>SAP SuccessFactors for Employee Central Payroll:-</strong></em><br
/><br
/>The &ldquo;SAP Certified Integration Associate &ndash; SAP Success Factors for Employee Central Payroll&rdquo; certification exam validates that the candidate possesses the fundamental and core knowledge required of the SAP Success Factors for EmployeeCentral Payroll profile. This certification proves that the candidate has an overall understanding and indepth technical skills to participate as a member of a project team in a mentored role. This certification exam is recommended as an entry level qualification.<br
/><br
/><em><strong>SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll offers the following key features and benefits:</strong></em><br
/><br
/>Localised payroll functionality to run in-house payrolls in 40+ countries<br
/><br
/>Integration with the SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central core HR, time management, and global benefits processes<br
/><br
/>Off-cycle support, retroactive payments, and payroll processing for concurrent employments<br
/><br
/>Leveraging of the proven SAP payroll engine<br
/><br
/>Continual enhancements by innovative technologies (Payroll Control Centre) to make payroll professionals more responsive to business needs<br
/><br
/><strong>SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll<br
/>Course Curriculum: </strong><br
/><br
/>1 - Overview of SAP EC Payroll<br
/>2 - Getting started with SF EC Payroll<br
/>3 - Prerequisites and Initial Configurations<br
/>4 - EC to EC Payroll Integration<br
/>5 - UK Payroll at a glance<br
/>6 - Project Team Orientation (PTO)<br
/>7 - Integrating Time Off and EC Payroll<br
/>8 - PCC Configuration and Roles<br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: 16 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Mon, 27 Jul 2020 19:07:55 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP SolMan  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-solman-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<strong>SAP Solman<br
/>Course Syllabus</strong><br
/><br
/>1) <strong>SAP Solution Manager</strong><br
/>1. SAP Solution Manager Overview<br
/>2. Logical Components<br
/>3. Branches<br
/>4. System Landscape Directory<br
/>5. Landscape Management Database<br
/>6. Maintenance Planner&nbsp;<br
/><br
/>2) <strong>Base Line Configuration</strong><br
/>1. SAP Solution Manager Setup<br
/>2. Web Dispatcher<br
/>3. TREX<br
/>4. Target System Requirements<br
/>5. Managed System Configuration<br
/>6. EWA Report Activation<br
/><br
/>3) <strong>ITSM (IS Service Management)</strong><br
/>1. Concepts of ITSM &amp; ITIL<br
/>2. User Experience<br
/>;Key Features<br
/>;Integration with SAP<br
/>5. Analytics<br
/>;Integration with SAP Software Components<br
/><br
/>4) <strong>Change Management (Charm Overview)</strong><br
/><br
/>5) <strong>Process Management</strong><br
/><br
/>1. Solution Documentation Configuration<br
/>2. Documenting a Solution<br
/>3. Definition of a Life Cycle of a Solution<br
/>4. Document Types<br
/>5. Best Practice Packages<br
/>6. Graphical Process Modeling<br
/>7. Business Process Monitoring<br
/>8. Business Process Improvement<br
/>9. Data Consistency and Job Management<br
/><br
/>6) <strong>Requirement Management</strong><br
/>1. Concept<br
/>2. Defining Approvals in Business Requirement Management<br
/>3. Configuring the IT Requirement<br
/>4. Use Cases<br
/><br
/>7) <strong>Test Management</strong><br
/>1. Test Preparation<ol><li>Test Setup</li><li>Test Administration</li><li>Test Planning</li><li>Test Plan Management</li><li>Test Execution</li><li>Test Management Analytics</li></ol>2. CBTA<ol><li>Configuration</li><li>CBTA Script</li><li>Composite Script</li></ol>3. Change Impact Analysis<ol><li>TBOM &ndash; Dynamic, Static &amp; Semi Dynamic</li><li>BPCA</li><li>SEA</li><li>UPL</li><li>TBOM Generation</li></ol>4. Partner Tools (3rd Party)<br
/><br
/>8) <strong>Application Operations</strong><br
/>1. Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure<br
/>2. System Monitoring<br
/>3. User Experience Monitoring<br
/>4. Integration Monitoring<br
/>5. HANA &amp; BI Monitoring<br
/>6. Job Monitoring<br
/>7. Self-Monitoring<br
/>8. Root Cause Analysis<br
/>9. System Recommendations<br
/><br
/>9) <strong>Project Management Overview</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: 20 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Mon, 27 Jul 2020 18:52:18 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP COPA  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-copa-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<strong>SAP&nbsp;CO Profitability Analysis (SAP COPA)<br
/>Course Curriculum</strong><br
/><strong>1) Intro &ndash; Profitability Analysis</strong><ul><li>Introduction to Controlling and Management Reporting</li><li>Introduction to COPA</li><li>Gross Profit and Net Profit Margin Analysis</li><li>Cost Components and Analysis</li><li>Multi-Dimentional Analysis</li><li>Assessment of the topic</li></ul><strong>2) COPA Technical Setup</strong><ul><li>COPA Table Structures</li><li>OLTP &ndash; Link to Transactional Data</li><li>OLAP &ndash; Link to Data-warehousing</li><li>Working with SAP Operating Concern Templates</li></ul><strong>3) Configuring Costing-Based CO-PA</strong><ul><li>Types of COPA Modules</li><li>Costing-based CO-PA versus Account-based CO-PA</li><li>Creating Characteristics and Value Fields</li><li>Maintaining an Operating Concern</li><li>Accessing and Creating Operating Concerns</li><li>Creating User-defined Value Fields and Characteristics</li><li>Defining Profitability Segments and CO-PA Exceptions</li><li>Operating Concern Attributes</li><li>Org structure -Controlling Area and Operating Concern</li><li>Assigning a Company Code to a Controlling Area</li><li>Checking the Current Profitability Analysis Activation</li><li>Import Operating Concern</li><li>Performing CO-PA Transports</li><li>Automatic Transport or Manual Transport</li><li>Client-specific and Cross-client Settings</li></ul><strong>4) Master Data in CO-PA</strong><ul><li>Components of Master Data Menus in CO-PA</li><li>Maintaining Characteristic Values</li><li>Define Characteristics Hierarchy</li><li>Creating Characteristic Derivations and Derivation Rules</li><li>Customer Master Values</li><li>Product Master Values</li></ul><strong>5) COPA Integration with SD</strong><ul><li>Pricing Procedure and Conditions</li><li>Condition Mapping to Value Fields</li><li>Handling of sign / &ndash;</li><li>Prevention of Values</li></ul><strong>6) COPA &ndash; Product Costing</strong><ul><li>Concept of Valuation</li><li>Configure Cost Components</li><li>Cost Estimation for COPA Access</li><li>Configure Standard Cost Access</li></ul><strong>7) Flows of Actual Values into CO-PA</strong><ul><li>Overview of values from all other modules</li><li>Transfer of Incoming Sales Orders &ndash; Record &ndash; A</li><li>Transfer of Billing Documents &ndash; Record &ndash; F</li><li>Order and Project Settlement &ndash; Record &ndash; C</li><li>Define PA Transfer Structure for Settlement</li><li>Direct Posting from FI/ MM &ndash; Record &ndash; B</li><li>Maintain PA Transfer Structure for Direct Postings</li><li>Automatic Account Assignment</li><li>Settlement of Production Variances</li><li>Transfer of Overhead</li><li>Assessment of Topic</li></ul><strong>8) CO-PA Reporting: Basics</strong><ul><li>CO-PA Reporting Scenarios</li><li>Working with Reports in CO-PA</li><li>Report Types &ndash; Basic and Line Items</li><li>Working with Forms</li><li>Assessment of Topic</li><li>Predefining Headers and Footers</li><li>Other Elements</li><li>Defining Variables in Reports</li><li>Creating Frozen Reports</li><li>Key Figure Schemes</li><li>Assessment of Topic</li></ul><strong>9) Working with Account-Based CO-PA</strong><ul><li>Need for Account Based COPA</li><li>Defining Cost Elements for CO-PA</li><li>Set the type of COPA</li><li>Controlling Areas and Account-Based CO-PA</li><li>Currencies and Account-Based CO-PA</li><li>Actual Data Flow and Data Transfer</li><li>Profitability Analysis Reports</li><li>Assessment of Cost Center Costs</li><li>Order and Project Settlement</li><li>Reconcile between Costing Based and Account Based</li></ul><strong>10) Introduction to Costing based CO-PA Planning</strong><ul><li>Introduction &ndash; Costing Based CO-PA Planning</li><li>The Framework of Corporate Planning</li><li>A First Look at the CO-PA Planning Framework</li><li>Number Ranges for Planning Data</li><li>Maintaining Versions</li><li>Planning with the CO-PA Planning Framework</li><li>Planning Levels</li><li>Planning Package</li><li>Working with Planning Methods</li><li>The Report Painter and CO-PA Planning Layouts</li><li>Planning Profiles</li><li>Basic Planning Methods CO-PA Planning Framework</li><li>Enter Planning Data</li><li>Display Planning Data</li><li>Copy</li><li>Forecast</li><li>Valuation</li><li>Revaluation</li><li>Ratios</li><li>Delete</li><li>Planning Sequences</li></ul><strong>11) Introduction to Account based CO-PA Planning</strong><ul><li>Introduction &ndash; Account Based CO-PA Planning</li><li>The Framework of Corporate Planning</li><li>A First Look at the CO-PA Planning Framework</li><li>Number Ranges for Planning Data</li><li>Maintaining Versions</li><li>Planning with the CO-PA Planning Framework</li><li>Integration with other modules</li><li>User Exits and Special fucntions 1 Parnter Function</li><li>Inter-Company Profit elimination</li><li>MM Integration</li><li>Material Ledger Integration with COPA</li><li>User Exits used in COPA</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: 5 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Mon, 27 Jul 2020 13:27:20 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP Business One  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-business-one-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<strong>SAP Business One Course Content</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>1&nbsp;<strong>Administration</strong><ul><li>Setting up a company</li><li>General Authorization</li><li>Basic Set up</li><li>Alerts</li><li>Utilities</li><li>Approval Process</li><li>General Setting</li></ul><br
/>2&nbsp;<strong>Financials</strong><ul><li>Chart of Accounts</li><li>Journal Entry</li><li>Journal Voucher</li><li>Recurring Posting</li><li>Reconciliations</li><li>Tax</li><li>Budget Overview</li><li>Reports</li></ul><br
/>3&nbsp;<strong>Opportunities (CRM)</strong><ul><li>Sales Opportunity</li><li>Activities</li></ul><br
/>4&nbsp;<strong>Sales A/R</strong><ul><li>Blanket Agreement</li><li>Sales Quotation</li><li>Sales Order</li><li>Delivery</li><li>A/R Invoice</li><li>Sales Returns</li><li>Down payment (Advance Payment)</li><li>A/R Credit Memo</li></ul><br
/>5&nbsp;<strong>Purchasing A/P</strong><ul><li>Blanket Agreement</li><li>Purchase Request (Indent)</li><li>Purchase Quotation</li><li>Purchase Order</li><li>GRPO</li><li>A/P Invoice</li><li>Goods Return</li><li>Down Payment (Advance Payment)</li><li>A/P Credit Memo</li></ul><br
/>6&nbsp;<strong>Business Partner</strong><ul><li>Creation of the Customer Master</li><li>Creation of the Vendor Master</li><li>Creation of the Lead</li><li>Internal Reconciliation</li></ul><br
/>7&nbsp;<strong>Inventory</strong><ul><li>Creation of the Item Master</li><li>Inventory Transactions</li><li>Price list</li><li>Pick and Pack</li><li>Bin Locations</li><li>Managing Serial and Batch Items</li></ul><br
/>8&nbsp;<strong>Banking</strong><ul><li>Incoming Payment</li><li>Outgoing Payment</li></ul><br
/>9&nbsp;<strong>Resource</strong><ul><li>Managing the resource Master</li></ul><br
/>10&nbsp;<strong>Production</strong><ul><li>Creation of BOM</li><li>Production Order</li><li>Issue For Production</li><li>Receipt From Production</li></ul><br
/>11&nbsp;<strong>MRP</strong><ul><li>Forecast</li><li>Run MRP</li></ul><br
/>12&nbsp;<strong>Service</strong><ul><li>Service Call Register</li><li>Service Contract</li><li>Knowledge Base</li></ul><br
/>13&nbsp;<strong>HR</strong><ul><li>Managing the Employee Master</li></ul><br
/>14&nbsp;<strong>Project Management</strong><ul><li>Managing Project</li></ul><br
/>15&nbsp;<strong>Reports</strong><ul><li>General Standard Report</li></ul><br
/>16&nbsp;<strong>Overview </strong><ul><li>General Overview about the Real Time scenario</li><li>Overview of Development</li><li>Overview of Industry Requirements</li></ul><p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: 20 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Mon, 27 Jul 2020 13:19:10 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP Cloud Platform Integration  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-cloud-platform-integration-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<strong>SAP Cloud Platform Integration<br
/>Course Syllabus</strong><br
/>1. Introduction to SAP Cloud Platform Integration<br
/>o Explore the SAP Cloud strategy<br
/>o Explain the positioning of SAP Cloud Platform Integration in the SAP<br
/>Cloud strategy<br
/>o Explain the positioning within the Application Integration and Infrastructure<br
/>o Perform a classification according to ISA-M<br
/>o Explore use cases<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>2. Product Overview<br
/>o Explain the integration Platform-As-A-Service<br
/>o Explain the architecture<br
/>o Get an overview about integration capabilities<br
/>o Explain connectivity and converter options<br
/>o Use development tools<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>3. Basic Building Blocks of an Integration Scenario<br
/>o Explain the main phases of an integration project<br
/>o Explore the elements of an integration flow<br
/>o Use SAP Cloud Platform Integration, integration patterns<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>4. Twitter Basic Scenario, Foundation<br
/>o Explore the complete sample process<br
/>o Configure inbound communication<br
/>o Configure outbound communication<br
/>o Use events<br
/>o Use persistence<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>5. Twitter Basic Scenario, Advanced<br
/>o Use calls in an advanced integration scenario<br
/>o Explain the camel message model<br
/>o Manipulate the message with message transformers<br
/>o Explain message converters<br
/>o Use mappings<br
/>o Use XST mappings<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>6. Twitter Scenario, Extended<br
/>o Define message routers<br
/>o Explain scripting in message processing<br
/>o Define additional components<br
/>o Specify the runtime configuration<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>7. Concepts of Secure Communication<br
/>o Explain secure communication<br
/>o Explore concepts of secure communication<br
/>o Explain security elements related to the mail adapter<br
/>o Explain the relation of security artifacts to integration flow configuration<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>8. Other Security Aspects<br
/>o Explain the technical landscape<br
/>o Explain data storage security<br
/>o Perform user management for cloud integration<br
/>o Add members to an account<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>9. Operations and Monitoring<br
/>o Explain the operating model<br
/>o Explain web-based monitoring<br
/>o Explain APIs for monitoring<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>10. Additional Topics<br
/>o Perform the complete neverbounce process<br
/>o Explain content transport<br
/>o Explain B2B support<br
/>o Design cloud integration content for SAP Process Orchestration SP10<br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: 25 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Mon, 27 Jul 2020 13:07:47 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP Beginners Bundle  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-beginners-bundle-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<strong>Courses included in Bundle Course &ndash; SAP for Beginners (MM-SD-FICO &ndash; HR) Career Path Program&nbsp;</strong>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>SAP MM<br
/><br
/>SAP SD (Basic to Advanced)<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>SAP FICO&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>SAP HCM (Basic to Advanced).<br
/><strong>SAP MM Training</strong><ol><li><strong>INTRODUCTION TO ERP</strong></li><li><strong>INTRODUCTION TO SAP</strong></li><li><strong>INITIAL SCREENS</strong></li><li><strong>ENTERPRISE</strong><strong> STRUCTURE</strong></li><li><strong>MASTER DATA</strong></li><li><strong>Material Master</strong></li><li><strong>Vendor Master</strong></li><li><strong>Purchasing Info Record</strong></li><li><strong>Source Determination</strong></li><li><strong>Purchasing</strong></li><li><strong>Inventory Management</strong></li><li><strong>Special Procurement Process / Special Stocks</strong></li><li><strong>External&nbsp; Services Management</strong></li><li><strong>Valuation and Account Determination</strong></li><li><strong>Logistics Invoice Verification</strong></li><li><strong>Pricing Procedure</strong></li><li><strong>Batch Management </strong></li><li><strong>Output Determination</strong></li><li><strong>Integration with FI/CO</strong></li><li><strong>Integration with PP</strong></li><li><strong>ASAP Methodology</strong></li></ol><strong>SAP SD</strong><br
/>Introductions to SD<br
/>Organizational structure<br
/>Pricing Process and Determination<br
/>Document Types for Pre-sales and Sales Documents<br
/>Sales Cycles - sales processes<br
/>Free goods processing<br
/>Revenue Account Determination<br
/>SD Basic Functions<br
/>Special Sales Special Processes<br
/>Invoicing Plans<br
/>Variant Configuration<br
/>Integration with Other Modules and Support<br
/><strong>SAP FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING AND CONTROLLING (FICO)&nbsp;</strong>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>Enterprise</strong><strong> Structure:</strong><br
/>Definition of company<br
/>Definition of company code<br
/>Assignment to company code<br
/>Definition of business area<br
/><strong>Financial Accounting Basic Settings</strong><br
/>Definition of fiscal year variant<br
/>Assignment of fiscal year variant<br
/>Definition of posting period variant<br
/>Assignment of posting period variant<br
/>Open and close posting period<br
/>Maintenance of field status variants<br
/>Assignment of field status variant<br
/>Creation of chart of Accounts<br
/>Defining Accounts Groups<br
/>Defining Retained Earnings Account<br
/>Definition of tolerance groups for GL accounts<br
/>Definition of tolerance groups for employees<br
/>Assignment of tolerance groups to users<br
/>Taxes on Sales &amp; Purchases<br
/>Defining document type &amp; number ranges<br
/><strong>General Ledger Accounting:</strong><br
/>Creation of General Ledger Master&nbsp;<br
/>Display and change of documents<br
/>Display of GL balances<br
/>Display GL account line items<br
/>Parked documents<br
/>Hold documents<br
/>Creation of Sample Document&nbsp;<br
/>Month End Provisions&nbsp;<br
/>Open item Management&nbsp;<br
/>Accrual and Deferral documents<br
/>Interest calculations on term loans<br
/><strong>Accounts Payable</strong><br
/>Creation of vendor account groups<br
/>Creation of number ranges for vendor master records<br
/>Assignment of number ranges to vendor account groups<br
/>Creation of tolerance group for vendors<br
/>Creation of vendor master&nbsp;<br
/>Posting of vendor transactions&nbsp;<br
/>Display Vendor balances and G/L Balances<br
/>Configuration Settings<br
/>Clearing of down payment against invoices&nbsp;<br
/>Posting of partial Payment &amp; Residual Payment<br
/>Creation of payment terms,<br
/>Creation of house banks and account ids.<br
/>Creation of check lots and Creation of void reasons<br
/>Maintenance of check register<br
/>Display check register<br
/>Cancellation of unissued checks<br
/>Cancellation of issued checks<br
/>Posting of purchase returns<br
/>Configuration of automatic payment program<br
/><strong>Accounts receivable:</strong><br
/>Creation of customer account groups<br
/>Creation of number ranges for customer master records<br
/>Assignment of number ranges for customer account groups<br
/>Creation of tolerance group for customers<br
/>Creation of customer master&nbsp;<br
/>Posting of customer transactions&nbsp;<br
/>Display customer balances and G/L Balances<br
/>Configuration Settings for advance payment from customers&nbsp;<br
/>Configuration settings for terms of payment to customers<br
/>Configuration of settings for dunning<br
/>Generating the dunning letters<br
/>Defining correspondence and party statement of accounts<br
/>Bills of exchange<br
/>Posting of sales returns<br
/><strong>Asset Accounting:</strong><br
/>Copy reference chart of depreciation<br
/>Assignment of chart of depreciation to company code<br
/>Creation of 0% tax codes for sales and purchases<br
/>Defining account determination<br
/>Definition of screen lay out rules<br
/>Definition of number ranges for asset master<br
/>Creation of asset classes<br
/>Integration with General Ledger &amp; Posting rules<br
/>Defining Depreciation key<br
/>Definition of multilevel methods<br
/>Definition of period control methods<br
/>Creation of main asset master records<br
/>Creation of sub asset master records<br
/>Posting the transactions for Acquisition of fixed assets<br
/>Depreciation run and Asset explorer<br
/>Sale of fixed assets<br
/>Impairment of assets<br
/>Scrapping of assets,<br
/>Line item Settlement of assets&nbsp;&nbsp;<br
/><strong>CONTROLLING</strong><br
/><strong>Basic settings for controlling</strong><br
/><strong>Cost element accounting:</strong><br
/><strong>Cost Center Accounting:</strong><br
/><strong>INTERNAL ORDERS</strong><br
/>Define field status group for statistical orders<br
/>Creation of Primary cost element<br
/>Creation of internal order master records<br
/>Display internal order master records<br
/>Change internal order master records<br
/>Postings to internal orders<br
/>Planning for internal orders<br
/>Report of Variance analysis for internal orders<br
/>Real orders<br
/>Creation of real internal orders<br
/>Posting of business transaction to real orders<br
/>Definition of allocation structures<br
/>Definition of settlement&nbsp;<br
/>Definition of planning<br
/>Define number ranges<br
/>Define number ranges for controlling documents.<br
/>Budgeting and availability control<br
/>Maintain number ranges for budgeting<br
/>Define tolerances for availability control<br
/>Specification of exempt cost elements from availability control<br
/>Maintenance of budget manager<br
/><strong>Profit Center Accounting:</strong><br
/>Basic Settings<br
/>Creation of Dummy Profit Centers<br
/>Maintenance of control parameters for actual postings<br
/>Maintaining planning versions for profit centers<br
/>Maintaining the number ranges for profit center documents<br
/>Creation of profit center master records<br
/>Display of profit center master records<br
/>Changing the profit center master records<br
/>Assign profit center to cost center for expenditure posting<br
/>Creation of revenue cost elements<br
/>Automatic Assignment of Revenue elements for Profit Centers<br
/>Assignment of profit centers in cost center master records<br
/>Creation of account groups<br
/>Planning for profit and loss account items<br
/>Posting of transactions into profit centers<br
/>Generating the variance reports for profit and loss account items<br
/><strong>Integration</strong><br
/><strong>with materials management:</strong><br
/><strong>with sales and distribution:</strong><br
/><strong>Profitability analysis</strong><br
/><strong>OVERVIEW PRODUCT COSTING</strong><br
/><br
/><strong>SAP HCM</strong><br
/>SAP INTRODUCTION<br
/>ORGANIZATION MANAGEMENT<br
/>PERSONAL ADMINISTRATION<br
/>TIME MANAGEMENT<br
/>PAYROLL<br
/>RECRUITMENT<br
/><br
/>DISCUSSION<p>Cost: 20 GBP</p><p>Duration: 100 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sun, 26 Jul 2020 16:27:01 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP SuccessFactors EC Bundle  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-successfactors-ec-bundle-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<strong>SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Bundle Course is having 2 courses -&nbsp;SAP SuccessFactors EC &amp; SAP SuccessFactors EC (Basics to Advanced).<br><br><br>SAP SUCCESSFACTORS (Employee Central)</strong><br><br><strong>Module: Introduction to Mastery Topics:</strong><br>1. Cloud and SF Architecture<br>2. Instance, Provisioning explanation<br>3. Technical Architecture<br>4. Integration Technology/Tools<br>5. Bizxpert Methodology - Implementation Methodology.<br>6. Basic company settings in Provisioning<br>7. Creating administrators in Provisioning<br>8. Creating administrators in Instance<br>9. Instance basic settings - Passwords, Home Page, Welcome Menu, Company info, Employee files<br>10. Administrator tools<br>11. Commonly used terms<br>12. Admin Privileges<br>13. Proxy Management<br>14. Setting up company Logos<br>15. Manage Data User Records<br>16. Employee Data File<br>17. Permissions<br>18. Role Based Per missioning (RBP).<br>19. Pick list Management.<br>20. Text Customization in Instance<br>21. XML and Data models<br>22. People Search<br>23. Rating Scales<br>24. Route Maps (Workflow)<br>25. Launching forms<br>26. Employee Profile<br>&nbsp;<br><strong>SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central<br>(basic to advanced)</strong><br>&nbsp;<br><strong>Introduction to Mastery</strong><ol><li>Cloud Solution and Saas Model</li><li>Cloud and SF Architecture</li><li>History of SuccessFactors</li><li>Instance, Provisioning explanation</li><li>Technical Architecture</li><li>Integration Technology/Tools</li><li>SuccessFactors - Sales demo and Professional System Set up</li><li>Bizxpert Methodology - Implementation Methodology</li><li>Basic company settings in Provisioning</li><li>Creating administrators in Provisioning</li><li>Creating administrators in Instance</li><li>Instance basic settings - Passwords, Home Page, Welcome Menu, Company info, Employee files</li><li>Administrator tools</li><li>Instance- User Group Creation</li><li>Instance Setting up Company Logo</li><li>Commonly used terms</li><li>Admin Privileges</li><li>Instance Re-setting user Account or Password</li><li>Proxy Management</li><li>Setting up company Logos</li><li>Manage Data User Records</li><li>Employee Data File</li><li>Provisioning Setting-Basic Company Setting</li><li>Permissions</li><li>Provisioning System-Super Admin Creation</li><li>Role-Based Per missioning (RBP)</li><li>Picklist Management</li><li>Provisioning system-Default Permission and Role-based Training</li><li>Text Customization in Instance</li><li>XML and Data models</li><li>Instance- Password Policies</li><li>People Search</li><li>Rating Scales</li><li>SuccessFactors Data Model Configuration</li><li>Route Maps (Workflow)</li><li>Instance-Theme Manager Configuration</li><li>Launching forms</li><li>Employee Profile</li></ol><p>Cost: 15 GBP</p><p>Duration: 60 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sun, 26 Jul 2020 16:14:32 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP SuccessFactors Bundle  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-successfactors-bundle-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<strong>SAP SuccessFactors Bundle Course comprises - Employee Central, EC Payroll, Recruiting Management (RCM), Onboarding,&nbsp;Performance and Goal Management,&nbsp;Compensation and Variable Pay,&nbsp;and&nbsp;Learning Management System (LMS).</strong><br><br><strong>SAP SUCCESSFACTORS EC</strong><br><strong>Introduction to Mastery Topics:</strong><br>1. Cloud and SF Architecture<br>2. Instance, Provisioning explanation<br>3. Technical Architecture<br>4. Integration Technology/Tools<br>5. Bizxpert Methodology - Implementation Methodology.<br>6. Basic company settings in Provisioning<br>7. Creating administrators in Provisioning<br>8. Creating administrators in Instance<br>9. Instance basic settings<br>10. Administrator tools<br>11. Commonly used terms<br>12. Admin Privileges<br>13. Proxy Management<br>14. Setting up company Logos<br>15. Manage Data User Records<br>16. Employee Data File<br>17. Permissions<br>18. Role Based Per missioning (RBP).<br>19. Pick list Management.<br>20. Text Customization in Instance<br>21. XML and Data models<br>22. People Search<br>23. Rating Scales<br>24. Route Maps (Workflow)<br>25. Launching forms<br>26. Employee Profile<br>&nbsp;<br><strong>Employee Central Mastery - Core HCM module</strong><br>1. Introduction and basic provisioning set up exercises<br>2. Data models<br>3. Employee Central Structure<br>4. Data model Management<br>5. Data model Associations<br>6. Enable employee central and RBP<br>7. Update employee details<br>8. ESS/MSS functionality<br>9. Understanding security<br>10. Managing security with RBP<br>11. EC as a system of record<br>12. EC Customizing and Populating Basic Foundation data<br>13. Customizing Country specific files in Foundation tables<br>14. Creating and modifying associations<br>15. Propagations<br>16. Importing users and data<br>17. Mass Changes<br>18. Customizing employee files<br>19. Customizing CSF for employee files<br>20. Position Management<br>21. Absence Management<br>22. Employee Central Reporting and Integration<br>24. MDF Overview<br>25. MDF Objects creation<br>26. Manage Business Configuration Rules setup<br>27. Manage Workflow Requests/groups<br>28. Org Chart<br>29. Manage Sequence<br>30. Monitor Job<br>&nbsp;<br><strong>SAP SuccessFactors EC<br>(basic to advanced)</strong><br>&nbsp;<br><strong>Introduction to Mastery</strong><ol><li>Cloud Solution and Saas Model</li><li>Cloud and SF Architecture</li><li>History of SuccessFactors</li><li>Instance, Provisioning explanation</li><li>Technical Architecture</li><li>Integration Technology/Tools</li><li>SuccessFactors&nbsp;</li><li>Bizxpert Methodology - Implementation Methodology</li><li>Basic company settings in Provisioning</li><li>Creating administrators in Provisioning</li><li>Creating administrators in Instance</li><li>Instance basic settings&nbsp;</li><li>Administrator tools</li><li>Instance- User Group Creation</li><li>Instance Setting up Company Logo</li><li>Commonly used terms</li><li>Admin Privileges</li><li>Instance Re-setting user Account or Password</li><li>Proxy Management</li><li>Setting up company Logos</li><li>Manage Data User Records</li><li>Employee Data File</li><li>Provisioning Setting-Basic Company Setting</li><li>Permissions</li><li>Provisioning System-Super Admin Creation</li><li>Role-Based Per missioning (RBP)</li><li>Picklist Management</li><li>Provisioning system-Default Permission and Role-based Training</li><li>Text Customization in Instance</li><li>XML and Data models</li><li>Instance- Password Policies</li><li>People Search</li><li>Rating Scales</li><li>SuccessFactors Data Model Configuration</li><li>Route Maps (Workflow)</li><li>Instance-Theme Manager Configuration</li><li>Launching forms</li><li>Employee Profile</li></ol>&nbsp;<br><strong>EC mastery - CORE HCM module</strong><br>&nbsp;<ol><li>Introduction to Employee Central</li><li>Introduction and basic provisioning set up exercises</li><li>Foundation Object</li><li>Data models</li></ol>Employee Central Structure<ol><li>MDF Object</li><li>Data model Management</li><li>Data model Associations</li><li>Provisioning Setting</li><li>Enable employee central and RBP</li><li>14 Step Implementation Sequence</li><li>Update employee details</li><li>ESS/MSS functionality</li><li>Understanding security</li><li>Managing security with RBP</li><li>Data Model Management</li><li>EC as a system of record</li><li>Setting Up Corporate data Model</li><li>EC Customizing and Populating Basic Foundation data</li><li>Customizing Country specific files in Foundation tables</li><li>Creating and modifying associations</li><li>Setting up Corporate Data Model</li><li>Propagations</li><li>Setting up Country Specific Corporate Data Model</li><li>Importing users and data</li><li>Mass Changes</li><li>Setting up Succession Data Model</li><li>Customizing employee files</li><li>Customizing CSF for employee files</li><li>Position Management</li><li>Setting up Country Specific corporate Data Model</li><li>Absence Management</li><li>Workflow Configuration - Role and User</li><li>Workflow Configuration- Dynamic Role</li><li>Employee Central Reporting and Integration</li><li>MDF Overview</li><li>MDF Objects creation</li><li>Event-Based Workflow Configuration</li><li>Manage Business Configuration Rules setup</li><li>Manage Workflow Requests/groups</li><li>Manage Positions</li><li>Position Management settings</li><li>Position Org chart</li><li>Import &amp; Export Data</li><li>Org Chart</li><li>Manage Sequence</li><li>Monitor Job</li></ol>&nbsp;<br><strong>SAP SuccessFactors EC - Payroll </strong><ul><li>1 - Overview of SAP EC Payroll</li><li>2 - Getting started with SF EC Payroll</li><li>3 - Prerequisites and Initial Configurations</li><li>4 - EC to EC Payroll Integration</li><li>5 - UK Payroll at a glance</li><li>6 - Project Team Orientation (PTO)</li><li>7 - Integrating Time Off and EC Payroll</li><li>8 - PCC Configuration and Roles</li></ul>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br><strong>SAP Successfactors Onboarding</strong><br>&nbsp;<ul><li>Introduction to Onboarding &amp; Onboarding</li><li>Initial Technical Configuration</li><li>Security Setup</li><li>Business Configuration and Administration</li><li>Configure Hiring Manager Activities</li><li>Onboarding Integration</li><li>Mobile Onboarding settings</li><li>Offboarding</li><li>Cross boarding</li></ul>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br><strong><em>SAP PMGM</em></strong><ul><li>1. Goal Management Process</li><li>2. Goal Template Configuration</li><li>3. Old &amp; V12 Goal Management Template</li><li>4. Import/Export Objective Library</li><li>5. Import Goals</li><li>6. Goal Execution settings</li><li>7. Performance Management Process</li><li>8. Route Maps</li><li>9. Rating Scales</li><li> Template settings</li><li> Forms</li><li></li><li> Plans</li><li> Degree Reviews</li><li> Route Map process</li><li> 360 forms</li><li> Plan process</li></ul>&nbsp;<br><strong>SAP SuccessFactors Recruitment Management</strong><ul><li>Introduction to Recruitment</li><li>Instance Setup</li><li>Applicant Status</li><li>Recruiting Operators</li><li>Recruiting Resources</li><li>Enable Job Requisition</li><li>Create job Requisition</li><li>Configure Job Requisition Template</li><li>Requisition Field Permissions</li><li>Configure Job Search Fields</li><li>Requisition Picklists</li><li>Requisition Headers &amp; Footers</li><li>Button Permissions</li><li>Feature Permissions</li><li>Candidate Profile</li><li>Profile Background Elements</li><li>Sync Background elements</li><li>Career Portal</li><li>Connect Application to Requisition</li><li>Configure Candidate Application Template</li><li>Apply with Linkedin</li><li>Candidate Screening Questions</li><li>Offer Approval Template</li><li>Offer Letter Template</li><li>Generate Offer</li><li>Setting up Agencies</li><li>Recruiting Team</li><li>Email Templates</li><li>Final Exercise</li></ul>&nbsp;<br><strong>SAP SF Compensation</strong><br>&nbsp;<br> Pre-work<br> Compensation Management Introduction<br> Provisioning exercises<br> Discovery and Kickoff<br> Data Integration<br> Provisioning and XML<br> Comp admin tools<br> Comp Mastery Salary Sheet<br> Executive Review<br> Multi currency review<br> Budgets<br> Bonus Sheet<br> Stock Options<br> Reporting<br> Compensation Statement<br> Admin Maintenance<br> Trouble shooting<br> EC Integration<br> Final exercise<br><br><strong>SAP SuccessFactors Variable Pay</strong><ul><li>Getting started with Variable Pay &amp; its Permissions</li><li>Set-up of Pre-program Tasks</li><li>Setup &amp; Configure employee data (Bonus data, History, Legibility data etc.)</li><li>Understanding Business Goals &amp; Setting-up of Variable Pay plan</li><li>Variable Pay plan design, Defining Fields &amp; Launch</li><li>Knowledge on Planning Cycle</li></ul>&nbsp;<br><strong>SAP&nbsp;SF LMS</strong><ul><li>Introduction to SF LMS</li><li>Learning Management</li><li>Role and Security Management</li><li>Curriculum Management</li><li>Content Management</li><li>System Administration</li><li>Notifications</li><li>Resource Management</li><li>Commerce Management</li><li>Evaluation Surveys</li></ul><p>Cost: 40 GBP</p><p>Duration: 160 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sun, 26 Jul 2020 16:01:32 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP Payroll Bundle  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-payroll-bundle-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<em><strong>SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central</strong></em> &ndash; Payroll<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>Course Curriculum:<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>1 - Overview of SAP EC Payroll<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>2 - Getting started with SF EC Payroll<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>3 - Prerequisites and Initial Configurations<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>4 - EC to EC Payroll Integration<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>5 - UK Payroll at a glance<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>6 - Project Team Orientation (PTO)<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>7 - Integrating Time Off and EC Payroll<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>8 - PCC Configuration and Roles<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br
/><br
/><br
/><strong><em>SAP Payroll bundle course is having 2 courses -&nbsp;<br
/>SAP SuccessFactors EC Payroll and SAP UK Payroll.</em><br
/><br
/>SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central - Payroll </strong><ul><li>Overview of SAP EC Payroll</li><li>Getting started with SF EC Payroll</li><li>Prerequisites and Initial Configurations</li><li>EC to EC Payroll Integration</li><li>UK Payroll at a glance</li><li>Project Team Orientation (PTO)</li><li>Integrating Time Off and EC Payroll</li><li>PCC Configuration and Roles</li></ul>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br
/><strong>SAP UK PAYROLL</strong><ul><li>UK - GENERAL PAYROLL TRAINING</li><li>SAP PAYROLL</li><li>PERSONAL ADMINISTRATION - NATIONAL FEATURES GREAT BRITAIN</li><li>PAYROLL - NATIONAL FEATURES GREAT BRITAIN</li><li>OFF - CYCLE PAYROLL</li><li>ON DEMAND PAYROLL</li><li>ADVANCE HOLIDAY PAYMENT(AHP)</li><li>PAYROLL HISTORY</li><li>EXTENDED AHP SOLUTION</li><li>SSP AND SMP EVALUATION</li><li>OSP AND OMP</li><li>SSP/SMP ABSENCE CONVERSION REPORT</li><li>TAX AND PAYE</li><li>TAXABLE BENEFITS</li><li>WFTC/DPTC</li><li>NATIONAL INSURANCE CONTRIBUTIONS</li><li>PENSIONS</li><li>COURT ORDERS AND STUDENT LOANS</li><li>AUTOMATIC ARREARS CALCULATION</li><li>COMPANY CARS</li><li>OFFSHORE GB PAYROLL</li><li>DEDUCTIONS AND REPAYMENT</li><li>FINAL PAYROLL PROCESSING</li><li>P45 ISSUE</li><li>RUNNING P35, P14, P60 FORM</li><li>PAYROLL RESULTS CHECK</li><li>GROSS TO NET CONTROL REPORT</li><li>WAGE AND SALARY PAYMENTS</li><li>DATA MEDIUM EXCHANGE</li><li>PAYROLL EXCEPTIONS</li><li>END OF YEAR RETURNS</li><li>START OF YEAR REPORTS</li><li>SSP/SMP REPORTING AND FORMS</li><li>PENSION RESULTS</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: 25 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sun, 26 Jul 2020 15:49:02 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP HCM & SuccessFactors Bundle  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-hcm-successfactors-bundle-uplatz-1/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<strong>SAP HCM &amp; SAP SuccessFactors Bundle Course is having 9 courses-</strong><br>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;SAP HCM<br>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;SAP UK Payroll<br>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;SAP SuccessFactors EC<br>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;SAP SF EC (basic to advanced)<br>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;SAP SF(RCM)<br>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;SAP SF RCM (basic to advanced)<br>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;SAP SuccessFactors LMS<br>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;SAP SuccessFactors Variable Pay<br>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;SAP SuccessFactors Onboarding<br><br><strong>SAP HCM</strong><br>&nbsp;<br>SAP INTRODUCTION<br>ORGANIZATION MANAGEMENT<br>PERSONAL ADMINISTRATION<br>TIME MANAGEMENT<br>PAYROLL<br>RECRUITMENT<br>DISCUSSION<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br><strong>SAP SUCCESSFACTORS&nbsp;</strong><strong>UK PAYROLL</strong><ul><li>UK - GENERAL PAYROLL TRAINING</li><li>SAP PAYROLL</li><li>PERSONAL ADMINISTRATION - NATIONAL FEATURES GREAT BRITAIN</li><li>PAYROLL - NATIONAL FEATURES GREAT BRITAIN</li><li>OFF - CYCLE PAYROLL</li><li>ON DEMAND PAYROLL</li><li>ADVANCE HOLIDAY PAYMENT(AHP)</li><li>PAYROLL HISTORY</li><li>EXTENDED AHP SOLUTION</li><li>SSP AND SMP EVALUATION</li><li>OSP AND OMP</li><li>SSP/SMP ABSENCE CONVERSION REPORT</li><li>TAX AND PAYE</li><li>TAXABLE BENEFITS</li><li>WFTC/DPTC</li><li>NATIONAL INSURANCE CONTRIBUTIONS</li><li>PENSIONS</li><li>COURT ORDERS AND STUDENT LOANS</li><li>AUTOMATIC ARREARS CALCULATION</li><li>COMPANY CARS</li><li>OFFSHORE GB PAYROLL</li><li>DEDUCTIONS AND REPAYMENT</li><li>FINAL PAYROLL PROCESSING</li><li>P45 ISSUE</li><li>RUNNING P35, P14, P60 FORM</li><li>PAYROLL RESULTS CHECK</li><li>GROSS TO NET CONTROL REPORT</li><li>WAGE AND SALARY PAYMENTS</li><li>DATA MEDIUM EXCHANGE</li><li>PAYROLL EXCEPTIONS</li><li>END OF YEAR RETURNS</li><li>START OF YEAR REPORTS</li><li>SSP/SMP REPORTING AND FORMS</li><li>PENSION RESULTS</li></ul>&nbsp;<br>&nbsp;<br><strong>SAP SF- EC</strong><br>&nbsp;<br><strong>Introduction to Mastery Topics:</strong><br>&nbsp;<br>1. Cloud and SF Architecture<br>2. Instance, Provisioning explanation<br>3. Technical Architecture<br>4. Integration Technology/Tools<br>5. Bizxpert Methodology - Implementation Methodology.<br>6. Basic company settings in Provisioning<br>7. Creating administrators in Provisioning<br>8. Creating administrators in Instance<br>9. Instance basic settings&nbsp;<br>10. Administrator tools<br>11. Commonly used terms<br>12. Admin Privileges<br>13. Proxy Management<br>14. Setting up company Logos<br>15. Manage Data User Records<br>16. Employee Data File<br>17. Permissions<br>18. Role Based Per missioning (RBP).<br>19. Pick list Management.<br>20. Text Customization in Instance<br>21. XML and Data models<br>22. People Search<br>23. Rating Scales<br>24. Route Maps (Workflow)<br>25. Launching forms<br>26. Employee Profile<br>&nbsp;<br><strong>EC Mastery - Core HCM module</strong><br>&nbsp;<br>1. Introduction and basic provisioning set up exercises<br>2. Data models<br>3. Employee Central Structure<br>4. Data model Management<br>5. Data model Associations<br>6. Enable employee central and RBP<br>7. Update employee details<br>8. ESS/MSS functionality<br>9. Understanding security<br>10. Managing security with RBP<br>11. EC as a system of record<br>12. EC Customizing and Populating Basic Foundation data<br>13. Customizing Country specific files in Foundation tables<br>14. Creating and modifying associations<br>15. Propagations<br>16. Importing users and data<br>17. Mass Changes<br>18. Customizing employee files<br>19. Customizing CSF for employee files<br>20. Position Management<br>21. Absence Management<br>22. Employee Central Reporting and Integration<br>24. MDF Overview<br>25. MDF Objects creation<br>26. Manage Business Configuration Rules setup<br>27. Manage Workflow Requests/groups<br>28. Org Chart<br>29. Manage Sequence<br>30. Monitor Job<br>&nbsp;<br><strong>SAP SF - EC (Basic to Advanced)</strong><br><strong>Introduction to Mastery</strong><ol><li>Cloud Solution and Saas Model</li><li>Cloud and SF Architecture</li><li>History of SuccessFactors</li><li>Instance, Provisioning explanation</li><li>Technical Architecture</li><li>Integration Technology/Tools</li><li>SuccessFactors - Sales demo and Professional System Set up</li><li>Bizxpert Methodology - Implementation Methodology</li><li>Basic company settings in Provisioning</li><li>Creating administrators in Provisioning</li><li>Creating administrators in Instance</li><li>Instance basic settings - Passwords, Home Page, Welcome Menu, Company info, Employee files</li><li>Administrator tools</li><li>Instance- User Group Creation</li><li>Instance Setting up Company Logo</li><li>Commonly used terms</li><li>Admin Privileges</li><li>Instance Re-setting user Account or Password</li><li>Proxy Management</li><li>Setting up company Logos</li><li>Manage Data User Records</li><li>Employee Data File</li><li>Provisioning Setting-Basic Company Setting</li><li>Permissions</li><li>Provisioning System-Super Admin Creation</li><li>Role-Based Per missioning (RBP)</li><li>Picklist Management</li><li>Provisioning system</li><li>Text Customization in Instance</li><li>XML and Data models</li><li>Instance- Password Policies</li><li>People Search</li><li>Rating Scales</li><li>SuccessFactors Data Model Configuration</li><li>Route Maps (Workflow)</li><li>Instance-Theme Manager Configuration</li><li>Launching forms</li><li>Employee Profile</li></ol><strong>Employee Central mastery - CORE HCM module</strong><br>Employee Central Structure<ol><li>MDF Object</li><li>Data model Management</li><li>Data model Associations</li><li>Provisioning Setting</li><li>Enable employee central and RBP</li><li>14 Step Implementation Sequence</li><li>Update employee details</li><li>ESS/MSS functionality</li><li>Understanding security</li><li>Managing security with RBP</li><li>Data Model Management</li><li>EC as a system of record</li><li>Setting Up Corporate data Model</li><li>EC Customizing and Populating Basic Foundation data</li><li>Customizing Country specific files in Foundation tables</li><li>Creating and modifying associations</li><li>Setting up Corporate Data Model</li><li>Propagations</li><li>Setting up Country Specific Corporate Data Model</li><li>Importing users and data</li><li>Mass Changes</li><li>Setting up Succession Data Model</li><li>Customizing employee files</li><li>Customizing CSF for employee files</li><li>Position Management</li><li>Setting up Country Specific corporate Data Model</li><li>Absence Management</li><li>Workflow Configuration - Role and User</li><li>Workflow Configuration- Dynamic Role</li><li>Employee Central Reporting and Integration</li><li>MDF Overview</li><li>MDF Objects creation</li><li>Event-Based Workflow Configuration</li><li>Manage Business Configuration Rules setup</li><li>Manage Workflow Requests/groups</li><li>Manage Positions</li><li>Position Management settings</li><li>Position Org chart</li><li>Import &amp; Export Data</li><li>Org Chart</li><li>Manage Sequence</li><li>Monitor Job</li></ol>&nbsp;<br><strong>SAP SF RECRUITING (RCM)</strong><ul><li>Introduction to Recruitment</li><li>Instance Setup</li><li>Applicant Status</li><li>Recruiting Operators</li><li>Recruiting Resources</li><li>Enable Job Requisition</li><li>Create job Requisition</li><li>Configure Job Requisition Template</li><li>Requisition Field Permissions</li><li>Configure Job Search Fields</li><li>Requisition Picklists</li><li>Requisition Headers &amp; Footers</li><li>Button Permissions</li><li>Feature Permissions</li><li>Candidate Profile</li><li>Profile Background Elements</li><li>Sync Background elements</li><li>Career Portal</li><li>Connect Application to Requisition</li><li>Configure Candidate Application Template</li><li>Apply with Linkedin</li><li>Candidate Screening Questions</li><li>Offer Approval Template</li><li>Offer Letter Template</li><li>Generate Offer</li><li>Setting up Agencies</li><li>Recruiting Team</li><li>Email Templates</li><li>Final Exercise</li></ul>&nbsp;<br><strong>SAP SF - LMS</strong><br><br><strong>Introduction to SF LMS</strong><br><strong>Learning Management</strong><br><strong>Role and Security Management</strong><br><strong>Curriculum Management</strong><br><strong>Content Management</strong><br><strong>System Administration</strong><br><strong>Notifications</strong><br><strong>Resource Management</strong><br><strong>Commerce Management</strong><br><strong>Evaluation Surveys</strong><br>&nbsp;<br><strong>SAP SF - VARIABLE PAY</strong><ul><li>Getting started with Variable Pay &amp; its Permissions</li><li>Set-up of Pre-program Tasks</li><li>Setup &amp; Configure employee data (Bonus data, History, Legibility data etc.)</li><li>Understanding Business Goals &amp; Setting-up of Variable Pay plan</li><li>Variable Pay plan design, Defining Fields &amp; Launch</li><li>Knowledge on Planning Cycle</li></ul><strong>SAP SF- ONBOARDING</strong><ul><li><strong><em>Introduction to Onboarding &amp; Onboarding </em></strong></li><li><strong><em>Initial Technical Configuration</em></strong></li><li><strong><em>Security Setup</em></strong></li><li><strong><em>Business Configuration and Administration</em></strong></li><li><strong><em>Configure Hiring Manager Activities</em></strong></li><li><strong><em>Onboarding Integration</em></strong></li><li><strong><em>Mobile Onboarding settings</em></strong></li><li><strong><em>Offboarding</em></strong></li><li><strong><em>Cross boarding</em></strong></li></ul><p>Cost: 40 GBP</p><p>Duration: 200 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 25 Jul 2020 19:41:46 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP HCM & Payroll Bundle  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-hcm-payroll-bundle-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<strong>SAP HCM &amp; SAP UK Payroll Bundle Course is having 2 courses -&nbsp;SAP HCM/HR, SAP UK Payroll</strong><br><br>&nbsp;<br><strong>SAP HCM </strong><br>SAP INTRODUCTION<br>&nbsp;<ul><li>SAP ERP Introduction</li><li>SAP HCM Introduction</li><li>SAP SYSTEM Installation</li><li>Creation of System Access</li></ul>&nbsp;<br>ORGANIZATION MANAGEMENT<ul><li>HR structures.</li><li>Creation of Enterprise structure</li><li>Creation of Personal structure</li><li>Creation of Organization structure</li><li>Organization and Staffing Method</li><li>Simple Maintenance Method</li><li>Expert Mode, Matrix Structure</li><li>Objects, relationships</li><li>Reporting structure</li><li>Structure Reorganization</li><li>Account assignment</li></ul>&nbsp;<br>PERSONAL ADMINISTRATION<br>&nbsp;<ul><li>Concepts of Number range</li><li>Hr master data configuration</li><li>Overview of Infotype, subtypes</li><li>Configuration of Info group</li><li>Personnel Actions</li><li>Screen Modification</li><li>Overview of Infogroup modifier</li><li>Customizing the Features/ Decision Tree</li></ul>&nbsp;<br>TIME MANAGEMENT<br>&nbsp;<ul><li>Overview of Time management</li><li>Negative Time Recording.</li><li>Time evaluation</li><li>Time entitlement</li><li>Holiday Calendar</li><li>Work schedules concept</li><li>Absence and attendance quota's Generation</li><li>Configuration of rules such as counting rule</li><li>Rounding and configuration of reduction rules.</li><li>Deduction rules for quota generation</li></ul>&nbsp;<br>&nbsp;<br>PAYROLL<br>&nbsp;<ul><li>Pay scale structure</li><li>Generation of payroll periods and Paydays</li><li>Creation of Payscale Structures</li><li>Concepts of Wage Type Group</li><li>Creations of wage types</li><li>Copy and creation of wage type groups</li><li>Processing class</li><li>Evaluation class</li><li>Cumulation of wage types</li><li>Overview of PCR Creation (Personal Calculation Rule)</li><li>Overview of Schema Functions and Operations</li><li>Off cycle payroll</li><li>Retroactive Accounting</li><li>Control record</li><li>Payroll Simulation</li><li>Creation of Remuneration Statement</li></ul>&nbsp;<br>&nbsp;<br>&nbsp;<br>RECRUITMENT<br>&nbsp;<ul><li>Applicant Master date configuration</li><li>Applicant number range</li><li>Applicant actions</li><li>Workforce requirement and advertising</li><li>Applicant administration</li><li>Applicant status creation</li><li>Applicant structure creation</li><li>Concepts of short profile</li></ul>&nbsp;<br>&nbsp;<br>DISCUSSION<br>&nbsp;<ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Overview of Blueprint Preparation</li><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;User Testing</li><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Overview of ASAP Methodology</li><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Discussing Mock Certification Questions</li></ul>&nbsp;<br>&nbsp;<br><strong>SAP UK PAYROLL</strong><br>&nbsp;<br>&nbsp;<ul><li>UK - GENERAL PAYROLL TRAINING</li><li>SAP PAYROLL</li><li>PERSONAL ADMINISTRATION - NATIONAL FEATURES GREAT BRITAIN</li><li>PAYROLL - NATIONAL FEATURES GREAT BRITAIN</li><li>OFF - CYCLE PAYROLL</li><li>ON DEMAND PAYROLL</li><li>ADVANCE HOLIDAY PAYMENT(AHP)</li><li>PAYROLL HISTORY</li><li>EXTENDED AHP SOLUTION</li><li>SSP AND SMP EVALUATION</li><li>OSP AND OMP</li><li>SSP/SMP ABSENCE CONVERSION REPORT</li><li>TAX AND PAYE</li><li>TAXABLE BENEFITS</li><li>WFTC/DPTC</li><li>NATIONAL INSURANCE CONTRIBUTIONS</li><li>PENSIONS</li><li>COURT ORDERS AND STUDENT LOANS</li><li>AUTOMATIC ARREARS CALCULATION</li><li>COMPANY CARS</li><li>OFFSHORE GB PAYROLL</li><li>DEDUCTIONS AND REPAYMENT</li><li>FINAL PAYROLL PROCESSING</li><li>P45 ISSUE</li><li>RUNNING P35, P14, P60 FORM</li><li>PAYROLL RESULTS CHECK</li><li>GROSS TO NET CONTROL REPORT</li><li>WAGE AND SALARY PAYMENTS</li><li>DATA MEDIUM EXCHANGE</li><li>PAYROLL EXCEPTIONS</li><li>END OF YEAR RETURNS</li><li>START OF YEAR REPORTS</li><li>SSP/SMP REPORTING AND FORMS</li><li>PENSION RESULTS</li></ul><p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: 40 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 25 Jul 2020 16:01:50 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP BO  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-bo-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<strong>SAP BO<br>1. Introduction:</strong><ul><li>Understanding BusinessObjects Enterprise</li><li>What is BusinessObjects Enterprise?</li><li>Working with SAP BO Launchpad (Infoview)</li></ul><strong>2. SAP Business Objects Web Intelligence and BI Launch Pad ;</strong><ul><li>SAP Business Objects Dashboards</li><li>BI launch pad: What's new in</li><li>Restricting data returned by a query</li><li>Enhancing the presentation of data in reports</li><li>Formatting reports</li><li>Calculating data with formulas and variables</li><li>Using multiple data sources</li><li>Analyzing data</li><li>Managing and sharing Interactive Analysis documents</li><li>Reporting from Other Data Sources</li><li>Introducing Web Intelligence</li><li>Accessing corporate information with Web Intelligence</li><li>Understanding how universes allow you to query databases using everyday business terms.</li><li>Managing documents in InfoView</li><li>Viewing a Web Intelligence document in InfoView</li><li>Setting Info View Preferences</li><li>Creating Web Intelligence Documents with Queries</li><li>Getting new data with Web Intelligence</li><li>Creating a new Web Intelligence document</li><li>Modifying a document's query</li><li>Working with query properties</li><li>Restricting Data Returned by a Query</li><li>Modifying a query with a predefined query filter</li><li>Applying a single-value query filter</li><li>Using prompts to restrict data</li><li>Using complex filters</li><li>Displaying data in tables and charts</li><li>Presenting data in free-standing cells</li><li>Enhancing the Presentation of Reports</li><li>Using breaks, calculations, sorts and report filters</li><li>Ranking data to see top or bottom values</li><li>Using alerters to highlight information</li><li>Organizing a report into sections</li><li>Copying data to other applications</li><li>Alternative Query Techniques Using Combined Queries Using Sub-Queries</li><li>Creating a Query based on another Query</li><li>Character and Date String Functions Using the character string functions Concatenating different data types Using date functions</li><li>Using If Logic</li><li>Grouping data using If() logic</li><li>Using If() to modify calculation behavior</li><li>Advanced Reporting Features Formatting breaks</li><li>Creating custom sorts</li><li>Displaying document data in free-standing cells</li><li>Alternative Query Techniques Defining Combined Query Types Using Combined Queries</li><li>Using Sub-Queries</li><li>Creating a Query on a Query</li><li>Character and Date String Functions Understanding Character Strings</li><li>Using Date Functions User-Defined Objects Creating User Objects</li><li>Using a User Object in a Query</li><li>Editing a User Object Deleting a User Object Storing a User Object Grouping Data</li></ul><strong>&nbsp;;Information Design Tool ;</strong><ul><li>What is the Information Design Tool (IDT)</li><li>Create a project</li><li>Create a connection to a relational database (Single and Multiple databases)</li><li>Create the data foundation with Single &amp; Multiple databases</li><li>Define the different types joins in a data foundation</li><li>Create a business layer</li><li>Create folders and objects</li><li>Resolve Loops and Use alias</li><li>Resolve Loops Use contexts</li><li>Resolving the fan traps and Chasm traps problem</li><li>Define data restrictions</li><li>Work with LOVs</li><li>Use Parameters restrict data</li><li>Use @functions also Aggregate Awareness</li><li>Create Derived Tables and Index Awareness</li><li>Maintain universes</li><li>Deploy and manage and maintain universes</li></ul><strong>4. Universe Designer Tool ;</strong><ul><li>Understanding Business-Objects Universes.</li><li>Understanding how universes allow users to query databases using their everyday business terms.</li><li>Creating Universe Connections.</li><li>The course database and universe.</li><li>Creating the universe.</li><li>Building and populating the Universe Structure.</li><li>Defining joins in a universe.</li><li>Creating Dimension Objects.</li><li>Understanding classes and objects.</li><li>Creating Measure Objects.</li><li>Understanding measure objects.</li><li>Using List of Values.</li><li>Resolving Loops.</li><li>Resolving loops using aliases.</li><li>Resolving loops using contexts.</li><li>Chasm traps and Fan traps.</li><li>Restricting the data returned by objects.</li><li>Using Functions with Objects.</li><li>Using @ Functions.</li><li>Using Hierarchies.</li><li>Working with hierarchies.</li><li>Aggregate Awareness.</li><li>Derived Tables</li><li>Securing Universes.</li><li>Managing Universes</li></ul><strong>5. SAP Business Objects Dashboards  (Crystal Xcelsius 2011)</strong><ul><li>Crystal Xcelsius Overview</li><li>Creating Dashboards using Query As A Web Service (QAAWS) and Live Office</li><li>Create Drill Down dashboard reports</li><li>What's new in SAP Business Objects Dashboards</li><li>Creating a Visualization</li><li>Producing interactive visualizations</li><li>Getting around in Xcelsius</li><li>Working with your Excel workbook</li><li>Visualizing data with charts</li><li>Using Xcelsius Components</li><li>Formatting a Visualization</li><li>Applying formatting options</li><li>Using themes and templates to apply formatting</li><li>Adding Interactivity to a Visualization</li><li>Using selectors</li><li>Adding dynamic visibility</li><li>Using live data sources</li><li>Connecting to BO Universes using Query as a Web Service</li><li>Using Live Office data</li><li>Creating Complex dashboards</li></ul><strong>6. SAP Crystal Reports 2011&nbsp;</strong><ul><li>Creating reports</li><li>Selecting records</li><li>Organizing data on reports</li><li>Formatting &amp; section formatting</li><li>Creating basic and complex formulas</li><li>Using variables</li><li>Using report templates</li><li>Applying conditional reporting</li><li>Building parameterized and specialized reports</li><li>Summarizing data with cross tabs</li><li>Using report sections</li><li>Representing data visually</li><li>Managing reports</li><li>Distributing reports</li><li>Using repository and repository data sources</li><li>Report processing</li><li>Linking Crystal Reports to Webi reports</li><li>Drill down reports</li></ul><p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 30 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 09 May 2020 17:22:02 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[Bundle-Full Stack Development  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-full-stack-development-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						The major difference between&nbsp;MEAN&nbsp;and&nbsp;MERN stack&nbsp;is the use of React. ... js in&nbsp;MEAN stack&nbsp;for front-end&nbsp;web development. Benefits of&nbsp;MERN stack. The&nbsp;MERN stack&nbsp;covers the&nbsp;entire development&nbsp;cycle from Front-end to Back-end using JS. It supports MVC architecture for the smooth&nbsp;development&nbsp;process.<br
/><br
/>Building a custom web application is an excellent way to understand&nbsp;full-stack development&nbsp;in its entirety. It is critical to understand the difference between mean stack and mern stack when you are selecting the most suitable technology stack for your web development project.<br
/><br
/><br
/><strong><em>Mean stack vs. Mern stack:-</em></strong><br
/><br
/><br
/>The competition between MEAN and MERN stack is quite close as both frameworks offer reliable abstraction at the UI level. Mean stack uses AngularJS (backed by Google Inc.) while Mern stack has the ReactJS library (a Facebook product) as one of its components. The use of JavaScript as the primary programming language eliminates the need for code-switching and empowers novice developers to make their ideas tangible.<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>Both options have a stellar combination of tools to help you build well-functioning software products. Hence, it can be daunting for newcomers to pick the right stack for their applications. Let us have a closer look at their benefits and compare their performance under different ;<br
/><br
/><strong>Full Stack Development</strong><ol><li><strong>JAVA</strong></li></ol><ol><li><strong>Javascript</strong></li></ol><em>Introduction to JavaScript</em><ul><li>Introduction to Scripting</li><li>JavaScript Characteristics</li><li>JavaScript and Common Programming Concepts</li><li>JavaScript Flavors and Versions</li><li>Technologies Based on JavaScript</li><li>Server-Side vs. Client-Side Applications</li><li>Annotating Your Code with Comments</li><li>Expanding the Role of JavaScript</li></ul><em>Working with Variables and Data in JavaScript</em><ul><li>Using JavaScript to Communicate with the User</li><li>Using Data More Than Once: Variables</li><li>JavaScript Operators</li><li>JavaScript Expressions</li><li>JavaScript Alerts and Prompts</li><li>Inline Scripting, Simple User Events and Basic Event Handlers</li><li>JavaScript Keywords and Reserved Words</li></ul><em>Functions, Methods and Events in JavaScript</em><ul><li>Introduction to Functions</li><li>Defining a Function</li><li>Calling a Function</li><li>Methods as Functions</li><li>Types of Functions</li><li>User Events and JavaScript Event Handlers</li></ul><em>Debugging and Troubleshooting JavaScript</em><ul><li>What Is Debugging?</li><li>Tools for Debugging Code</li><li>Testing Code in Various Browsers</li><li>Debugging Logic Errors</li><li>JavaScript and Mobile Devices</li></ul><em>Controlling Program Flow in JavaScript</em><ul><li>Controlling Decisional Program Flow</li><li>The Statement</li><li>The while Statement</li><li>The Statement</li><li>The for Statement</li><li>The break Statement</li><li>The continue Statement</li><li>The switch Statement</li></ul><em>The JavaScript Document Object Model (DOM)</em><ul><li>The JavaScript Document Object Model (DOM)</li><li>The window Object</li><li>The document Object</li><li>The image Object</li><li>The history Object</li><li>The location Object</li><li>The navigator Object</li><li>The Virtual DOM</li></ul><em>JavaScript Language Objects</em><ul><li>Introduction to JavaScript Language Objects</li><li>The String Object</li><li>Evaluating Strings</li><li>JavaScript Regular Expressions</li><li>The Array Object</li><li>The for Each Method</li><li>The Map Method</li><li>The Date Object</li><li>Setting and Extracting Time Information</li><li>The Math Object</li></ul><em>Custom JavaScript Objects</em><ul><li>Creating Custom Objects</li><li>Creating a JavaScript Object: The Constructor</li><li>Creating an Instance of a Custom Object</li><li>Creating Object Methods</li><li>Creating Functions for Your Objects</li><li>Concept of Classes</li><li>Iterators and Generators</li><li>Call, apply and bind</li></ul><em>Changing HTML on the Fly</em><ul><li>Changing HTML on the Fly</li><li>Using the getElementById Method</li><li>Using the getElementsByName Method</li><li>Using the getElementsByTagName Method</li><li>Using the getElementsByClassName Method</li><li>Modifying Attributes within the DOM</li><li>Appending Text to the DOM</li></ul><em>Developing Interactive Forms with JavaScript</em><ul><li>Interactive Forms</li><li>Overview of Form Elements</li><li>Referring to Form Elements</li><li>The form Object</li><li>The input Elements and text Objects</li><li>The textarea object</li><li>The select Object</li><li>Form Validation</li><li>Common form Security Errors</li></ul><em>JavaScript Security</em><ul><li>Introduction to JavaScript Security Issues</li><li>Browser vs. Operating System</li><li>Browser-Specific Security Issues</li><li>Browser Compatibility and Client-Side Detection</li><li>Script Blocking</li><li>Differences in Among Browsers</li><li>Malicious and Accidental Coding</li><li>Frame-to-Frame URL Changing</li><li>Signed Scripts</li><li>Cross-Site Scripting (XSS)</li><li>Cookies and Security in JavaScript</li><li>Ethics in Collecting, Storing, Using and Protecting User Data</li><li>Creating Secure JavaScript Code</li></ul><em>JavaScript Libraries and Frameworks</em><ul><li>Introduction to JavaScript Libraries and Frameworks</li><li>Choosing a Code Library</li><li>External and Pre-made Scripts</li><li>Loading Your First Library</li><li>Using JavaScript Library Plug-ins</li><li>Using Frameworks</li><li>Best Practices with JavaScript Libraries and Frameworks</li><li>Copyright Issues and JavaScript</li></ul><em>JavaScript and AJAX</em><ul><li>Introduction to AJAX</li><li>Handling Data and Content Types</li><li>Interactions Among JavaScript, Data and HTML</li><li>Using AJAX Scripts</li><li>AJAX and Servers</li><li>AJAX and Databases</li><li>Usability Issues with AJAX</li><li>Combining AJAX with Libraries</li></ul><em>Introduction to Web APIs</em><ul><li>Web Application Programming Interface (API)</li><li>The Web Storage API</li><li>The Geolocation API</li><li>The Canvas API</li></ul><ol><li><strong>MongoDb</strong></li></ol><em>Introduction to NoSQL Architecture with MongoDB</em><ul><li>What Is MongoDB?</li><li>Downloading the required Software</li><li>Installation and Configuration</li><li>MongoDB Advantages</li><li>MongoDB Data Modelling</li><li>MongoDB Tools, Collection and Documents</li><li>Configuration Files</li><li>Touring the File Structure</li><li>Securing the Installation</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/><em>CRUD and the MongoDB Shell</em><ul><li>Introduction to CRUD</li><li>Introduction to the MongoDB API</li><li>Creating a Database, Collection and Documents</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/><em>Data Modelling and Schema Design</em><ul><li>MongoDB Database References</li><li>Model Tree Structures</li><li>MongoDB Analyzing Queries</li><li>MongoDB Atomic Operations</li><li>MongoDB Map Reduce</li><li>MongoDB Text Search</li><li>MongoDB Regular Expression</li><li>MongoDB Capped Collections</li><li>Data Storage</li><li>Working with Datatypes</li><li>Collections</li><li>Document Datatypes</li><li>Creating _id Fields</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/><em>Querying Data</em><ul><li>Databases and Collections</li><li>Querying Collections</li><li>Working with Operators</li><li>Referencing a Database</li><li>Querying Dates</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/><em>Manipulating Data</em><ul><li>Inserting Data into Collections</li><li>Updates</li><li>Deletes</li><li>Atomic Operations</li><li>Removing Data</li><li>Capped Collections</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/><em>High Performance Options</em><ul><li>Creating Indexes</li><li>Manipulating Index Behaviour</li><li>Index Properties</li><li>Specialised Index Types</li><li>Replication</li><li>Sharding</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/><em>Aggregation Framework</em><ul><li>Aggregating Results</li><li>Single Purpose Functions</li><li>The Aggregation Pipeline</li><li>Date Aggregation Operators</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/><em>Indexing</em><ul><li>Indexing and Aggregation</li><li>Indexing, query profiling and the query optimizer</li><li>Geospatial Indexes</li><li>Index types, Index Properties</li><li>MongoDB Advanced Indexing</li><li>MongoDB Indexing Limitations</li><li>Aggregation Introduction</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/><em>Replication</em><ul><li>Replication Concept</li><li>Failover &amp; Recovery</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/><em>Administration</em><ul><li>MongoDB Deployment and Cluster setup</li><li>MongoDB GridFS</li><li>Trident Spout</li><li>Working with Replica Sets</li><li>MongoDB Sharding</li><li>MongoDB Create Backup</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/><em>Using an API</em><ul><li>Introducing Drivers</li><li>Java</li><li>PHP</li><li>Ruby</li><li>Python</li></ul><ol><li><strong>HTML5 &amp; CSS3</strong></li></ol><em>HTML5</em><br
/>Introduction<br
/>HTML - Grouping Using Div Span<br
/>HTML - Lists<br
/>HTML - Images<br
/>HTML - Hyperlink &amp; Anchors<br
/>HTML - Tables<br
/>HTML - iframe<br
/>HTML - Forms<br
/>HTML - Headers<br
/>HTML - Miscellaneous<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><em>CSS3</em><br
/>CSS Introduction<br
/>Selectors and Pseudo Classes<ol><li><strong>ReactJS</strong></li></ol><p>Cost: 40 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 125 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 09 May 2020 16:00:24 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP Technical Bundle  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-technical-bundle-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						This is&nbsp;SAP Technical&nbsp;bundle course consisting of 6 SAP modules:<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>1) SAP ABAP<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>2) SAP ABAP on HANA<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>3) SAP BO<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>4) SAP Data Services<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>5) SAP BW/4HANA<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>6) SAP HANA<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>SAP ABAP (Advanced Business Application Programming)&nbsp;is the primary programming language supported on the SAP NetWeaver ABAP application server platform and applications that run on it, such as SAP ERP (formerly R/3), S/4HANA and CRM.<br
/><br
/>SAP BW/4HANA&nbsp;is the next generation SAP Business Warehouse powered by SAP HANA. This latest data warehouse software runs on the SAP HANA platform. It delivers new levels of simplicity for building and operating data warehouse solutions with flexible data management capabilities in a modernised user experience.<br
/><br
/>SAP BusinessObjects (BO)&nbsp;is a business intelligence solution designed for companies of all sizes. It offers predictive dashboards, Crystal reports, OLAP (Online Analytical Processing) and ad-hoc reporting functionalities within a ;<br
/><br
/><strong>SAP Technical Bundle Course</strong><br
/><strong>SAP ABAP</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>1. Introduction to ABAP/4 </strong><ul><li>Introduction to ERP</li><li>Introduction to SAP/3, ABAP/4</li><li>ABAP Editor</li><li>System Landscapes</li></ul><ul><li>Data Types &amp; Keywords</li><li>Output Statements</li><li>Arithmetic Operations</li><li>Relational Operations</li><li>Writing Small Programs</li><li>String Operations</li></ul><ul><li>Control Statements</li><li>Selection Screens</li></ul><ul><li>Open SQL Statements (Insert, Modify, Delete, Update)</li><li>Simple Reporting</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>2. Transport Organizer &amp; Package Builder </strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>3. Data Dictionary </strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>4. Reporting </strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>5. ABAP List Viewer </strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>6. Interfaces </strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>7. Conversion </strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>8. Enhancements </strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>9. Forms (Scripts &amp; SMARTFORMS) </strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>10. Object Oriented ABAP </strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>11. Module Pool Programming </strong><br
/><strong>12. Sales &amp; Distribution Flow </strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><br
/><strong>SAP BW/4HANA</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<ul><li><strong>Getting started</strong><ul><li>SAP HANA</li><li>SAP BW/4HANA</li><li>SAP BW/4HANA Modeling Tools in Eclipse and SAP BW/4HANA Cockpit</li></ul></li><li><strong>Paths to SAP BW/4HANA</strong></li><li><strong>SAP HANA Modeling</strong></li><li><strong>Modeling and Running the SAP BW/4HANA Data Warehouse</strong></li><li><strong>Modeling with SAP&acute;s Reference Architecture LSA++</strong></li><li><strong>Hybrid Modeling in Mixed Scenarios</strong></li><li><strong>SAP BW/4HANA Data Lifecycle Management</strong></li><li><strong>Data Provisioning into SAP HANA and SAP BW/4HANA</strong></li></ul><br
/><strong>SAP BO</strong><br
/><br
/><strong>1. Introduction:</strong><ul><li>Understanding BusinessObjects Enterprise</li><li>What is BusinessObjects Enterprise?</li><li>Working with SAP BO Launchpad (Infoview)</li></ul><strong>2. SAP Business Objects Web Intelligence and BI Launch Pad ;</strong><br
/><strong>&nbsp;;Information Design Tool ;</strong><br
/><strong>4. Universe Designer Tool ;</strong><br
/><strong>5. SAP Business Objects Dashboards (Crystal Xcelsius 2011)</strong><br
/><strong>6. SAP Crystal Reports 2011&nbsp;</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 33 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 80 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 09 May 2020 15:04:48 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP Logistics Bundle  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-logistics-bundle-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						SAP Simple Logistics is also called&nbsp;SAP S/4 HANA Enterprise Management. It consists of all the key modules under SAP ERP Business Suite - Material Management, Supply Chain, Demand Planning, Sourcing and Procurement, Contract Management, and Manufacturing.<br
/><br
/>SAP S/4 HANA is not a successor of SAP ERP solution and represents a separate product line. SAP ERP solution is a separate product from SAP. With new S/4 HANA Data Model, you can achieve the following benefits over ERP Data Model &minus;<br
/><br
/><br
/>In new S/4 HANA Data Model, it drops all aggregate fields and history tables (in total 24 tables).<br
/><br
/>In the new model, there is no need to perform updates on aggregation tables.<br
/><br
/>Open for new stock types.<br
/><br
/>High speed evaluations.<br
/><br
/><strong>SAP Logistics Bundle Course</strong><br
/><br
/><strong>SAP PM (Plant Maintenance)</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Overview: SAP </strong>&nbsp;</li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>PM Organizational Structure </strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Master Data </strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Maintenance Processing - Planning </strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Execution of Maintenance Processing </strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Execution of MM Integration Processes</strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Preventive Maintenance </strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Refurbishment of Spare Parts </strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Inspection of Measuring equipment&nbsp; </strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Various Reports in PM module </strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>&nbsp;Basic Concept of Work Clearance Management&nbsp; </strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>&nbsp;Pool Asset Management Process </strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Basic Concept of Investment Management via Maintenance Order </strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>&nbsp;Important Configuration and Integration with other modules&nbsp;&nbsp; </strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>SAP MM (Materials Management)</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>INTRODUCTION TO ERP</strong></li><li><strong>INTRODUCTION TO SAP</strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>INITIAL SCREENS</strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>ENTERPRISE STRUCTURE</strong></li><li><strong>MASTER DATA</strong></li><li><strong>Purchasing</strong></li><li><strong>Inventory Management</strong></li><li><strong>Special Procurement Process / Special Stocks</strong></li><li><strong>External&nbsp; Services Management</strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Valuation and Account Determination</strong></li><li><strong>Logistics Invoice Verification</strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Pricing Procedure</strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Batch Management </strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Output Determination</strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Integration with FI/CO</strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Integration with PP (Materials Requirement Planning)</strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>ASAP Methodology</strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Support Project Process</strong></li><li><strong>Real-time Project scenarios</strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>SAP QM (Quality Management)</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Introduction to ERP</strong></li><li><strong>SAP Navigation</strong></li><li><strong>Organizational structure of an Enterprise in the SAP R/3 System </strong></li><li><strong>Master Data&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </strong></li><li><strong>Planning &amp; Execution </strong></li><li><strong>Quality Management in Procurement </strong></li><li><strong>Quality Management in Production</strong></li><li><strong>Quality Management in Sales and Distribution </strong></li><li><strong>Inspection with Physical Samples </strong></li><li><strong>Calibration Inspection </strong></li><li><strong>Quality Management with Batches </strong></li><li><strong>Quality Certificates&nbsp; </strong></li><li><strong>Quality Control&nbsp; </strong></li><li><strong>Quality Notifications&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </strong></li><li><strong>Stability Studies</strong></li><li><strong>Important Configuration and Integration with other modules</strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>SAP PP (Production Planning)</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>1. SAP Overview</strong><br
/><strong>2. Master Data</strong><br
/><strong>3. Sales and Operations Planning</strong><br
/><strong>4. Demand Management</strong><br
/><strong>5. Material Requirement Planning (MRP)</strong><br
/><strong>6. Requirements Planning</strong><br
/><strong>7. Production Orders Execution</strong><br
/><strong>8. Repetitive Manufacturing</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>SAP WM (Warehouse Management)</strong><ol><li>Introduction to Warehouse Management</li><li>Organization Data</li><li>Transfer Order</li><li>Put away Strategies</li><li>Picking Strategies</li><li>Warehouse Management Business Scenario&#39;s (MM)</li><li>Warehouse movement types</li><li>Search Strategies</li><li>Batch Management in WM</li></ol><strong>SAP SD (Sales and Distribution)</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Introductions to SD</strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Organizational structure of an Enterprise in the SAP ECC system</strong></li><li><strong>Master Data</strong></li><li><strong>Pricing Process and Determination</strong></li><li><strong>Document Types for Pre-sales and Sales Documents</strong></li><li><strong>Sales Cycles - sales processes</strong></li><li><strong>Free goods processing</strong></li><li><strong>Revenue Account Determination</strong></li><li><strong>SD Basic Functions</strong></li><li><strong>Special Sales Special Processes</strong></li><li><strong>Invoicing Plans</strong></li><li><strong>Variant Configuration</strong></li><li><strong>Integration with Other Modules and Support</strong></li></ol><strong>sap s/4hana logistics</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>SAP S/4HANA Enterprise Management</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>Inventory Management</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>Manufacturing</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>SAP Extended Warehouse Management</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>Sourcing and Procurement</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>Sales Order Management</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>Quality Management</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>Plant Maintenance and Enterprise Asset Management</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 38 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 200 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 09 May 2020 14:29:06 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP HR Bundle  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/sap-hr-bundle-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						SAP HR includes HCM, SuccessFactors EC, SF RCM and UK Payroll, a user will be able to gain his knowledge on the different aspects of the SAP HR process flow and how SAP is helping the organizations in fastening their hiring process and also maintaining the complete details of an employee using the SAP platform<br
/><br
/><em><strong>SAP HR Bundle Course is having 4 courses SAP HCM(Human Capital Management),SAP SF RCM (SuccessFactors Recruitment), SAP UK Payroll, and SAP SF EC (SuccessFactors Emplyee Central).<br
/><br
/>SAP HR Bundle Course Curriculum:</strong></em><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>1. SAP HCM</strong><br
/>SAP INTRODUCTION<br
/>SAP ERP Introduction<br
/>SAP HCM Introduction<br
/>SAP SYSTEM Installation<br
/>Creation of System Access<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>ORGANIZATION MANAGEMENT<br
/>HR structures.<br
/>Creation of Enterprise structure<br
/>Creation of Personal structure<br
/>Creation of Organization structure<br
/>Organization and Staffing Method<br
/>Simple Maintenance Method<br
/>Expert Mode, Matrix Structure<br
/>Objects, relationships<br
/>Reporting structure<br
/>Structure Reorganization<br
/>Account assignment<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>PERSONAL ADMINISTRATION<br
/>Concepts of Number range<br
/>Hr master data configuration<br
/>Overview of Infotype, subtypes<br
/>Configuration of Info group<br
/>Personnel Actions<br
/>Screen Modification<br
/>Overview of Infogroup modifier<br
/>Customizing the Features/ Decision Tree<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>TIME MANAGEMENT<br
/>Overview of Time management<br
/>Negative Time Recording.<br
/>Time evaluation<br
/>Time entitlement<br
/>Holiday Calendar<br
/>Work schedules concept<br
/>Absence and attendance quota&#39;s Generation<br
/>Configuration of rules such as counting rule<br
/>Rounding and configuration of reduction rules.<br
/>Deduction rules for quota generation<br
/><br
/>PAYROLL<br
/>Pay scale structure<br
/>Generation of payroll periods and Paydays<br
/>Creation of Payscale Structures<br
/>Concepts of Wage Type Group<br
/>Creations of wage types<br
/>Copy and creation of wage type groups<br
/>Processing class<br
/>Evaluation class<br
/>Cumulation of wage types<br
/>Overview of PCR Creation (Personal Calculation Rule)<br
/>Overview of Schema Functions and Operations<br
/>Off cycle payroll<br
/>Retroactive Accounting<br
/>Control record<br
/>Payroll Simulation<br
/>Creation of Remuneration Statement<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>RECRUITMENT<br
/>Applicant Master date configuration<br
/>Applicant number range<br
/>Applicant actions<br
/>Workforce requirement and advertising<br
/>Applicant administration<br
/>Applicant status creation<br
/>Applicant structure creation<br
/>Concepts of short profile<br
/><br
/>DISCUSSION<br
/>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Overview of Blueprint Preparation<br
/>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;User Testing<br
/>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Overview of ASAP Methodology<br
/>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Discussing Mock Certification Questions<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>2. SAP SuccessFactors EC</strong><br
/>Module: Introduction to Mastery Topics:<br
/>1. Cloud and SF Architecture<br
/>2. Instance, Provisioning explanation<br
/>3. Technical Architecture<br
/>4. Integration Technology/Tools<br
/>5. Bizxpert Methodology - Implementation Methodology.<br
/>6. Basic company settings in Provisioning<br
/>7. Creating administrators in Provisioning<br
/>8. Creating administrators in Instance<br
/>9. Instance basic settings - Passwords, Home Page, Welcome Menu, Company<br
/>info,<br
/>Employee files<br
/>10. Administrator tools<br
/>11. Commonly used terms<br
/>12. Admin Privileges<br
/>13. Proxy Management<br
/>14. Setting up company Logos<br
/>15. Manage Data User Records<br
/>16. Employee Data File<br
/>17. Permissions<br
/>18. Role Based Per missioning (RBP).<br
/>19. Pick list Management.<br
/>20. Text Customization in Instance<br
/>21. XML and Data models<br
/>22. People Search<br
/>23. Rating Scales<br
/>24. Route Maps (Workflow)<br
/>25. Launching forms<br
/>26. Employee Profile<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>Module: Employee Central Mastery - Core HCM module<br
/>1. Introduction and basic provisioning set up exercises<br
/>2. Data models<br
/>3. Employee Central Structure<br
/>4. Data model Management<br
/>5. Data model Associations<br
/>6. Enable employee central and RBP<br
/>7. Update employee details<br
/>8. ESS/MSS functionality<br
/>9. Understanding security<br
/>10. Managing security with RBP<br
/>11. EC as a system of record<br
/>12. EC Customizing and Populating Basic Foundation data<br
/>13. Customizing Country specific files in Foundation tables<br
/>14. Creating and modifying associations<br
/>15. Propagations<br
/>16. Importing users and data<br
/>17. Mass Changes<br
/>18. Customizing employee files<br
/>19. Customizing CSF for employee files<br
/>20. Position Management<br
/>21. Absence Management<br
/>22. Employee Central Reporting and Integration<br
/>24. MDF Overview<br
/>25. MDF Objects creation<br
/>26. Manage Business Configuration Rules setup<br
/>27. Manage Workflow Requests/groups<br
/>28. Org Chart<br
/>29. Manage Sequence<br
/>30. Monitor Job<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>3. SAP SuccessFactors RCM</strong><br
/>Introduction to Recruitment<br
/>Instance Setup<br
/>Applicant Status<br
/>Recruiting Operators<br
/>Recruiting Resources<br
/>Enable Job Requisition<br
/>Create job Requisition<br
/>Configure Job Requisition Template<br
/>Requisition Field Permissions<br
/>Configure Job Search Fields<br
/>Requisition Picklists<br
/>Requisition Headers &amp; Footers<br
/>Button Permissions<br
/>Feature Permissions<br
/>Candidate Profile<br
/>Profile Background Elements<br
/>Sync Background elements<br
/>Career Portal<br
/>Connect Application to Requisition<br
/>Configure Candidate Application Template<br
/>Apply with Linkedin<br
/>Candidate Screening Questions<br
/>Offer Approval Template<br
/>Offer Letter Template<br
/>Generate Offer<br
/>Setting up Agencies<br
/>Recruiting Team<br
/>Email Templates<br
/>Final Exercise<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>4. SAP UK Payroll</strong><br
/>UK - GENERAL PAYROLL TRAINING<br
/>SAP PAYROLL<br
/>PERSONAL ADMINISTRATION - NATIONAL FEATURES GREAT BRITAIN<br
/>PAYROLL - NATIONAL FEATURES GREAT BRITAIN<br
/>OFF - CYCLE PAYROLL<br
/>ON DEMAND PAYROLL<br
/>ADVANCE HOLIDAY PAYMENT(AHP)<br
/>PAYROLL HISTORY<br
/>EXTENDED AHP SOLUTION<br
/>SSP AND SMP EVALUATION<br
/>OSP AND OMP<br
/>SSP/SMP ABSENCE CONVERSION REPORT<br
/>TAX AND PAYE<br
/>TAXABLE BENEFITS<br
/>WFTC/DPTC<br
/>NATIONAL INSURANCE CONTRIBUTIONS<br
/>PENSIONS<br
/>COURT ORDERS AND STUDENT LOANS<br
/>AUTOMATIC ARREARS CALCULATION<br
/>COMPANY CARS<br
/>OFFSHORE GB PAYROLL<br
/>DEDUCTIONS AND REPAYMENT<br
/>FINAL PAYROLL PROCESSING<br
/>P45 ISSUE<br
/>RUNNING P35, P14, P60 FORM<br
/>PAYROLL RESULTS CHECK<br
/>GROSS TO NET CONTROL REPORT<br
/>WAGE AND SALARY PAYMENTS<br
/>DATA MEDIUM EXCHANGE<br
/>PAYROLL EXCEPTIONS<br
/>END OF YEAR RETURNS<br
/>START OF YEAR REPORTS<br
/>SSP/SMP REPORTING AND FORMS<br
/>PENSION RESULTS<br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 22 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 80 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 09 May 2020 13:27:32 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP Finance Bundle  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-finance-bundle-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<em><strong>Bundle Course - SAP Finance</strong></em>&nbsp;consisting of the following SAP modules:<br
/><br
/>1) SAP FICO<br
/>2) SAP BPC<br
/><br
/><br
/><strong><em>SAP FICO</em></strong><br
/><br
/>SAP FICO Stands for FI (Financial Accounting) and CO (Controlling/Management Accounting). SAP FI/CO is a critical module of SAP ERP Business Suite, and both FI and CO modules store the financial related transactions/information.<br
/><em><strong>SAP BPC</strong></em><br
/>SAP BPC stands for Business, Planning, and Consolidation. It provides a single view of financial and operational  BPC fully supports top-down and bottom-up planning for financial and operational tasks, to further a smooth and on-time financial closing.<br
/><strong>Course Curriculum</strong><br
/><strong>SAP FICO</strong><ul><li><strong>Introduction: </strong><br
/>Introduction to ERP<br
/>Introduction to SAP</li></ul><ul><li><strong>Part 1: </strong><strong>Enterprise Structure:</strong></li></ul><ul><li>Definition of company</li><li>Definition of company code</li><li>Assignment of company to company code</li><li>Definition of business area</li></ul><ul><li><strong>Part 2: Financial Accounting Basic Settings</strong></li></ul><ul><li>Definition of fiscal year variant</li><li>Assignment of fiscal year variant to company code</li><li>Definition of posting period variant</li><li>Assignment of posting period variant to company code</li><li>Open and close posting period</li><li>Maintenance of field status variants</li><li>Assignment of field status variant to company code</li><li>Creation of chart of Accounts</li><li>Defining Accounts Groups</li><li>Defining Retained Earnings Account</li><li>Definition of tolerance groups for GL accounts</li><li>Definition of tolerance groups for employees</li><li>Assignment of tolerance groups to users</li><li>Taxes on Sales &amp; Purchases (input &amp; output)</li><li>Defining document type &amp; number ranges</li></ul><ul><li><strong>PART 3: General Ledger Accounting:</strong></li></ul><ul><li>Creation of General Ledger Master (with and without reference)</li><li>Display/Change/Block/Unblock of general ledger master</li><li>Document Entry posting normal postings and posting with reference</li><li>Display and change of documents</li><li>Display of GL balances</li><li>Display GL account line items</li><li>Parked documents</li><li>Hold documents</li><li>Creation of Sample Document postingswith sample documents</li><li>Reversal of individual documents, mass reversal and reversal of reversed document</li><li>Month End Provisions -</li><li>Open item Management - Full clearing, Partial Clearing and Residual Clearing</li><li>Accrual and Deferral documents</li><li>Interest calculations on term loans</li></ul><ul><li><strong>PART 4: Accounts Payable</strong></li></ul><ul><li>Creation of vendor account groups</li><li>Creation of number ranges for vendor master records</li><li>Assignment of number ranges to vendor account groups</li><li>Creation of tolerance group for vendors</li><li>Creation of vendor master (display/change/block/unblock of vendor master)</li><li>Posting of vendor transactions (invoice posting, payment posting, credit memo)</li><li>Display Vendor balances and G/L Balances</li><li>Configuration Settings for advance payments to Vendors (down payment)</li><li>Clearing of down payment against invoices (special GL transactions)</li><li>Posting of partial Payment &amp; Residual Payment</li><li>Creation of payment terms,</li><li>Creation of house banks and account ids.</li><li>Creation of check lots and Creation of void reasons</li><li>Maintenance of check register</li><li>Display check register</li><li>Cancellation of unissued checks</li><li>Cancellation of issued checks</li><li>posting of purchase returns</li><li>Configuration of automatic payment program</li><li>Defining correspondence &amp; party statement of accounts</li></ul><ul><li><strong>PART 5: Accounts receivable:</strong></li></ul><ul><li>Creation of customer account groups</li><li>Creation of number ranges for customer master records</li><li>Assignment of number ranges for customer account groups</li><li>Creation of tolerance group for customers</li><li>Creation of customer master (display/change/block/unblock of vendor master)</li><li>Posting of customer transactions (sales invoice posting, payment posting, debit memo)</li><li>Display customer balances and G/L Balances</li><li>Configuration Settings for advance payment from customers (down payment)</li><li>Configuration settings for terms of payment to customers</li><li>Configuration of settings for dunning</li><li>Generating the dunning letters</li><li>Defining correspondence and party statement of accounts</li><li>Bills of exchange</li><li>Posting of sales returns</li></ul><ul><li><strong>PART 6: Asset Accounting:</strong></li></ul><ul><li>Copy reference chart of depreciation</li><li>Assignment of chart of depreciation to company code</li><li>Creation of 0% tax codes for sales and purchases</li><li>Defining account determination</li><li>Definition of screen lay out rules</li><li>Definition of number ranges for asset master</li><li>Creation of asset classes</li><li>Integration with General Ledger &amp; Posting rules</li><li>Defining Depreciation key</li><li>Definition of multilevel methods</li><li>Definition of period control methods</li><li>Creation of main asset master records</li><li>Creation of sub asset master records</li><li>Posting the transactions for Acquisition of fixed assets</li><li>Depreciation run and Asset explorer</li><li>Sale of fixed assets - with customer and without customer</li><li>Transfer of assets</li><li>Impairment of assets</li><li>Scrapping of assets,</li><li>Line item Settlement of assets under construction of capital work in progress</li></ul><ul><li><strong>PART 7: CONTROLLING</strong></li><li><strong>Basic settings for controlling</strong></li><li><strong>Cost element accounting:</strong></li><li><strong>Cost Center Accounting:</strong></li></ul><ul><li><strong>PART 8: INTERNAL ORDERS</strong></li></ul><ul><li>Define field status group for statistical orders</li><li>Creation of Primary cost element</li><li>Creation of internal order master records for statistical orders</li><li>Display internal order master records</li><li>Change internal order master records</li><li>Postings to internal orders</li><li>Planning for internal orders</li><li>Report of Variance analysis for internal orders</li><li>Real orders</li><li>Creation of real internal orders</li><li>Posting of business transaction to real orders</li><li>Definition of allocation structures</li><li>Definition of settlement profiles</li><li>Definition of planning profiles</li><li>Define number ranges for Settlement documents of real internal orders</li><li>Define number ranges for controlling documents.</li><li>Budgeting and availability control</li><li>Maintain number ranges for budgeting</li><li>Define tolerances for availability control</li><li>Specification of exempt cost elements from availability control</li><li>Maintenance of budget manager</li></ul><ul><li><strong>Part 9: Profit Center Accounting:</strong></li></ul><ul><li>Basic Settings for Profit Center Accounting</li><li>Creation of Dummy Profit Centers</li><li>Maintenance of control parameters for actual postings</li><li>Maintaining planning versions for profit centers</li><li>Maintaining the number ranges for profit center documents</li><li>Creation of profit center master records</li><li>Display of profit center master records</li><li>Changing the profit center master records</li><li>Assign profit center to cost center for expenditure posting</li><li>Creation of revenue cost elements</li><li>Automatic Assignment of Revenue elements for Profit Centers</li><li>Assignment of profit centers in cost center master records</li><li>Creation of account groups in profit center accounting for planning</li><li>Planning for profit and loss account items</li><li>Posting of transactions into profit centers</li><li>Generating the variance reports for profit and loss account items</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li><strong>PART 10: Integration</strong></li><li><strong>Integration of financial accounting with materials management:</strong></li><li><strong>Integration of financial accounting with sales and distributio</strong></li></ul><strong>SAP BPC</strong><ul><li><strong>BPC-BASICS</strong></li><li><strong>DATA LOAD &amp; MANIPULATIONS</strong></li><li><strong>LOGIC - BPC</strong></li><li><strong>TEMPLATE CREATION &amp; USAGE IN BPC</strong></li><li><strong>BPC - WEB</strong></li></ul><p>Cost: 15 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 60 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 09 May 2020 13:01:48 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP Ariba Bundle  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-ariba-bundle-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<em><strong>Courses included in Bundle Course &ndash;</strong></em><br
/><br
/>SAP Ariba (Sourcing procurement &nbsp;Contract Management Administration)<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>1)&nbsp;&nbsp;Ariba Sourcing<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>2)&nbsp;&nbsp;Ariba Procurement<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>3)&nbsp;&nbsp;Ariba Contracts<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>4)&nbsp;&nbsp;Ariba Administration.<br
/><br
/><br
/><em><strong>Key features of SAP Ariba include:</strong></em><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>a) B2B solution that allows you to connect to the world&rsquo;s largest network of vendors and suppliers and enhance business collaboration with the right business partners<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>b) Ariba network removes overall complexity in the procurement process and suppliers and buyers can manage all key terms of vendor management on a single network<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>c) Ariba can easily integrate with different SAP ERP solutions such as SAP ECC and S/4HANA with configurable workflows to automate different processes in the complete procurement cycle.<br
/><br
/><strong><em>SAP Ariba Bundle Course Curriculum:-</em></strong><br
/>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>SAP ARIBA ADMINISTRATION</strong></li></ol><ul><li>Administration Overview</li><li>Master and Transactional Data - part 1</li><li>Master and Transactional Data - part 2</li><li>User Manager</li><li>Supplier-Customer Manager</li><li>Customization and P2P Manager</li><li>Project Manager</li><li>Approval Rules</li><li>Dashboard Templates</li><li>Template Basics</li><li>Advanced Template Functionality</li></ul><ol><li><strong>SAP ARIBA CONTRACT MANAGEMENT</strong></li></ol><ul><li>Contracts Introduction</li><li>Workspaces</li><li>Working on Contracts</li><li>Approving and Executing</li><li>Managing Amendments</li><li>Search-Delete and Contract Requests</li><li>Main Agreements</li><li>Clause Library</li></ul>With this SAP Ariba Contract Management course, you&#39;ll learn how to manage contracts in SAP Ariba. Get step-by-step instructions for implementing SAP Ariba Contracts. Understand the contract strategies for indirect procurement; then learn to create, consume, and amend contracts. Some of the key highlights are:<ul><li>Discover how SAP Ariba Contracts handles indirect procurement</li><li>Create and manage contracts, including electronic signatures</li><li>Set up SAP Ariba Contracts, from creating templates to defining timelines</li></ul><ol><li><strong>SAP ARIBA PROCUREMENT</strong></li></ol><ul><li>Procurement Introduction</li><li>Requisition Lifecycle</li><li>Accounting and Approval</li><li>Collaborative Reqs and Demand Aggregation</li><li>Catalog Introduction</li><li>Loading Catalogs</li><li>Receiving</li><li>Invoicing</li><li>Contract Compliance Intro</li><li>Release and No-release Contracts</li><li>New Features for SAP Ariba Buying and Invoicing - part 1</li><li>New Features for SAP Ariba Buying and Invoicing - part 2</li></ul><ol><li><strong>SAP ARIBA SOURCING</strong></li></ol><ul><li>Introduction</li><li>Templates and Projects</li><li>Creating Events</li><li>Working with Excel</li><li>Scoring and Grading</li><li>Awarding and Optimization</li><li>Contracts and Sourcing Requests</li><li>Creating Auctions</li></ul>SAP added the direct sourcing function wherein the PLM/ERP system can be integrated with Ariba sourcing to receive the requirements from exploded BOM. All such requirements will then be sourced by using Ariba sourcing and rest of the procurement process will be followed in Ariba or SAP back end.<br
/>ERP planning systems getting integrated to ASN to get the commit from Supplier over planning forecast to confirm future receipt else on uncommitted demand, planner can take advance action to avoid supply disruptions.<br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 30 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 40 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 09 May 2020 12:51:21 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[Unix/Shell Scripting   - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-unix-shell-scripting-video-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						A shell script is a computer program designed to be run by the Unix/Linux shell which could be one of the following:<br
/><br
/>The Bourne Shell<br
/><br
/>The C Shell<br
/><br
/>The Korn Shell<br
/><br
/>The GNU Bourne-Again Shell<br
/><br
/>A shell is a command-line interpreter and typical operations performed by shell scripts include file manipulation, program execution, and printing text.<br
/><br
/>UNIX (or Unix) is stable, multi-user, multi-tasking system for servers, desktops and laptops.<br
/>It provides its users with: program development tools; electronic communications facilities, such as an electronic mail; text editors and text formatters. There are also many development tools available as standard within the UNIX operating system that other operating systems require as add-ons.<br
/><br
/>UNIX systems also have a graphical user interface (GUI) similar to Microsoft Windows that provides an easy to use environment.<br
/><br
/><br
/>Benefits of learning Unix and Shell programming<br
/>After completing the course,<br
/>you will be interview-ready in these areas:<br
/><br
/>Unix Infrastructure and architecture<br
/><br
/>Unix Development<br
/><br
/>Unix Application Support<br
/><br
/>Unix Testing.<br
/><br
/><strong>Unix and Shell Scripting course curriculum</strong><ul><li>Introduction to Unix</li><li>What is an Operating System</li><li>Features and benefits of Unix</li><li>Basic concepts of a Multi user system</li><li>Multi Programming, Time Sharing, Multi Tasking</li><li>Components of Unix</li><li>Unix Utilities, Application Software</li><li>Editors in Unix</li><li>Processes and related commands</li><li>Unix commands</li><li>Filters and general purpose commands</li><li>Introduction to Shell</li><li>What is Shell scripting?</li><li>Programming constructs</li><li>Language constructs</li><li>Programming the Shell - part 1</li><li>Programming the Shell - part 2</li><li>Miscellaneous</li><li>Example scripts.</li></ul><br
/>This tutorial is written to help people understand some of the basics of&nbsp;shell script&nbsp;programming (aka&nbsp;shell scripting), and hopefully to introduce some of the possibilities of simple but powerful programming available under the Bourne shell. As such, it has been written as a basis for one-on-one or group tutorials and exercises, and as a reference for subsequent use.<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 5 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2020 15:49:12 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP UK Payroll   - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-uk-payroll-video-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<em><strong>SAP&nbsp;UK&nbsp;Payroll:-</strong></em><br
/><br
/>This is a specialised course for SAP HR consultants looking to gain payroll specific advanced knowledge. The course takes you through end to end payroll processes covering UK legislations. Since payroll is a critical operation in any organisation the specialised knowledge not only improves your career prospects but also makes you highly valuable in SAP HR projects.<br
/><br
/><br
/>Payroll is a process to calculate the salary and wages of permanent and temporary employees of an organization. Employee payroll processing is one of the key HR functions in any organization. Payroll is a sub-module of SAP HCM. This course gives an overview onuse of SAP for end to end payroll processing.<br
/><br
/>The Payroll component is integrated with other SAP HR components, such as Personnel Administration and  States Payroll should be implemented in cooperation with the project team implementing other areas of SAP HR, particularly Personnel Administration.<br
/><br
/><br
/><em><strong>SAP&nbsp;UK&nbsp;Payroll Course Content:-</strong></em><br
/><br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; UK - GENERAL PAYROLL TRAINING<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; SAP PAYROLL<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; PERSONAL ADMINISTRATION - NATIONAL FEATURES GREAT BRITAIN<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; PAYROLL - NATIONAL FEATURES GREAT BRITAIN<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; OFF - CYCLE PAYROLL<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; ON DEMAND PAYROLL<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; ADVANCE HOLIDAY PAYMENT(AHP)<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; PAYROLL HISTORY<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; EXTENDED AHP SOLUTION<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; SSP AND SMP EVALUATION<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; OSP AND OMP<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; SSP/SMP ABSENCE CONVERSION REPORT<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; TAX AND PAYE<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; TAXABLE BENEFITS<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; WFTC/DPTC<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; NATIONAL INSURANCE CONTRIBUTIONS<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; PENSIONS<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; COURT ORDERS AND STUDENT LOANS<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; AUTOMATIC ARREARS CALCULATION<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; COMPANY CARS<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; OFFSHORE GB PAYROLL<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; DEDUCTIONS AND REPAYMENT<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; FINAL PAYROLL PROCESSING<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; P45 ISSUE<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; RUNNING P35, P14, P60 FORM<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; PAYROLL RESULTS CHECK<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; GROSS TO NET CONTROL REPORT<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; WAGE AND SALARY PAYMENTS<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; DATA MEDIUM EXCHANGE<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; PAYROLL EXCEPTIONS<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; END OF YEAR RETURNS<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; START OF YEAR REPORTS<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; SSP/SMP REPORTING AND FORMS<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; PENSION RESULTS<br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Discount: 90% off through Laimoon!</p><p>Duration: Upto 16 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2020 15:41:45 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP SuccessFactors RCM   - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-successfactors-rcm-video-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						SAP Success Factors RCM means SAP Success Factors Recruiting ; Success Factors RCM is an internal/external application tracking software program. It is used to develop new requests and view the applicant&rsquo;s information, as well as view their interview results. The system will work with the application from hiring recruitment staff. Recruitment staff will be able to follow the candidate by all stages of the recruitment process and can see what they are done and see when each step is completed.<br
/><br
/>SAP Recruiting Management System is a set of tools to handle the candidates recruiting process. And the most important function of the Human resource (HR) is recruiting. But actually the recruiting is very aggressive for the people who have highly technological skills and it&rsquo;s impossible to motivating them in recruiting process. Still they are trying to improve an efficiency of HR Recruiters as well as job seekers.<br
/><br
/><br
/><em><strong>Course Curriculum:-</strong></em><ul><li>Introduction to Recruitment</li><li>Instance Setup</li><li>Applicant Status</li><li>Recruiting Operators</li><li>Recruiting Resources</li><li>Enable Job Requisition</li><li>Create job Requisition</li><li>Configure Job Requisition Template</li><li>Requisition Field Permissions</li><li>Configure Job Search Fields</li><li>Requisition Picklists</li><li>Requisition Headers &amp; Footers</li><li>Button Permissions</li><li>Feature Permissions</li><li>Candidate Profile</li><li>Profile Background Elements</li><li>Sync Background elements</li><li>Career Portal</li><li>Connect Application to Requisition</li><li>Configure Candidate Application Template</li><li>Apply with Linkedin</li><li>Candidate Screening Questions</li><li>Offer Approval Template</li><li>Offer Letter Template</li><li>Generate Offer</li><li>Setting up Agencies</li><li>Recruiting Team</li><li>Email Templates</li><li>Final Exercise</li></ul><p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 15 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2020 15:36:42 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP SuccessFactors EC   - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-successfactors-ec-video-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						SAP SuccessFactors gives you optimal cover for your operational and strategic HR processes. The modular architecture allows you to start working with the solution and expand it bit by bit according to your priorities. Furthermore, SAP SuccessFactors is not only ideally matched to S/4 Hana, it also integrates with classic SAP ERP solutions or any non-SAP solutions.<br
/><br
/>SAP HCM Success Factors Employee Central drives a lot of information relating to employees and organization. It captures information relating to organization, pay, job structure and employees. Data in Employee Central module is smart, it allows you to capture history, create associations, use effective-dated objects, define automated workflows and configure options for on-screen selections.<br
/><br
/><br
/><em><strong>Course Curriculum:-</strong></em><br
/><br
/>1. Cloud and SF Architecture<br
/>2. Instance, Provisioning explanation<br
/>3. Technical Architecture<br
/>4. Integration Technology/Tools<br
/>5. Bizxpert Methodology - Implementation Methodology.<br
/>6. Basic company settings in Provisioning<br
/>7. Creating administrators in Provisioning<br
/>8. Creating administrators in Instance<br
/>9. Instance basic settings - Passwords, Home Page, Welcome Menu, Company<br
/>info,<br
/>Employee files<br
/>10. Administrator tools<br
/>11. Commonly used terms<br
/>12. Admin Privileges<br
/>13. Proxy Management<br
/>14. Setting up company Logos<br
/>15. Manage Data User Records<br
/>16. Employee Data File<br
/>17. Permissions<br
/>18. Role Based Per missioning (RBP).<br
/>19. Pick list Management.<br
/>20. Text Customization in Instance<br
/>21. XML and Data models<br
/>22. People Search<br
/>23. Rating Scales<br
/>24. Route Maps (Workflow)<br
/>25. Launching forms<br
/>26. Employee Profile<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>Module: Employee Central Mastery - Core HCM module</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>1. Introduction and basic provisioning set up exercises<br
/>2. Data models<br
/>3. Employee Central Structure<br
/>4. Data model Management<br
/>5. Data model Associations<br
/>6. Enable employee central and RBP<br
/>7. Update employee details<br
/>8. ESS/MSS functionality<br
/>9. Understanding security<br
/>10. Managing security with RBP<br
/>11. EC as a system of record<br
/>12. EC Customizing and Populating Basic Foundation data<br
/>13. Customizing Country specific files in Foundation tables<br
/>14. Creating and modifying associations<br
/>15. Propagations<br
/>16. Importing users and data<br
/>17. Mass Changes<br
/>18. Customizing employee files<br
/>19. Customizing CSF for employee files<br
/>20. Position Management<br
/>21. Absence Management<br
/>22. Employee Central Reporting and Integration<br
/>24. MDF Overview<br
/>25. MDF Objects creation<br
/>26. Manage Business Configuration Rules setup<br
/>27. Manage Workflow Requests/groups<br
/>28. Org Chart<br
/>29. Manage Sequence<br
/>30. Monitor Job<br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 20 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2020 15:21:02 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP SD   - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-sd-video-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						SAP Sales and Distribution (SAP SD) is a core functional module in SAP ERP Central Component (ECC) that allows organizations to store and manage customer- and product-related data. Organizations use this data to manage all of the sales ordering, shipping, billing, and invoicing of their goods and services.<br
/>SAP SD is part of SAP ECC&#39;s Logistics function and integrates with other modules, including&nbsp;Production Planning&nbsp;(PP),&nbsp;Plant Maintenance&nbsp;(PM),&nbsp;Quality Management&nbsp;(QM),&nbsp;Materials Management&nbsp;(MM), Finance and Controlling (FICO), and Human Resources (HR).<br
/><br
/>SAP Sales and Distribution is one of the key components of SAP ERP system and is used to manage shipping, billing, selling and transportation of products and services in an organization.<br
/>SAP Sales and Distribution module is a part of SAP Logistics module that manages customer relationship starting from raising a quotation to sales order and billing of the product or service. This module is closely integrated with other modules like SAP Material Management and PP.<br
/><br
/>SAP provides many components to complete SAP Sales and Distribution organizational structure like Sales Areas, Distribution Channels, Divisions, etc. The SAP SD organization structure majorly consists of two steps &minus;<br
/><br
/>Creation of Organization elements in SAP system.<br
/><br
/>second is to link each element as per requirement.<br
/><br
/><em><strong>Course Curriculum:-</strong></em><ol><li><strong>Introductions to SD</strong></li></ol><ul><li>Introduction to ERP</li><li>SAP Overview</li><li>Functions and Objectives Of SD</li><li>Overview Cycle of SD&nbsp;&nbsp;</li></ul>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Organizational structure of an Enterprise in the SAP ECC system</strong></li></ol><ul><li>Navigation basics- Easy access, favorites, settings</li><li>Creation of Organizational Elements - Company, Company code, Plant, Storage Location, Sales organization, Distribution channel, Sales Office, Sales group and Assignments</li></ul>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Master Data</strong></li></ol><ul><li>Material Master</li><li>Customer Master</li><li>Customer Material Information record</li></ul>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Pricing Process and Determination</strong></li></ol><ul><li>Pricing Condition technique overview</li><li>Define Access sequence</li><li>Define Condition Types</li><li>Define pricing procedures</li><li>Pricing procedure determination</li><li>Pricing conditions in sales order</li><li>Pricing conditions in Invoicing</li></ul>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Document Types for Pre-sales and Sales Documents</strong></li></ol>(IN, QT, OR, QC, WK1, WK2, CS, RO, CR, DR)-vov8<ul><li>Define Document types</li><li>Define Number Ranges for Document Type</li><li>Defining Sales document types with controls</li><li>Sales Item category defining and controls&nbsp;</li><li>Schedule line categories</li><li>Item category and schedule line categories determinations</li></ul>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Sales Cycles - sales processes</strong></li></ol><ul><li>Sales Inquiry Process</li><li>Sales Quotation Process</li><li>Contracts processing</li><li>Sales Order Process</li><li>Delivery and Shipping process</li><li>Invoicing Process</li><li>Credit and Debit Memo process</li><li>Credit Sales Process- Configuring credit checks, risk categories</li><li>Cash Sales process</li><li>Rush Order process</li></ul>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Free goods processing</strong></li></ol><ul><li>Free goods process overview</li><li>Free goods Condition technique</li><li>Exclusive and Inclusive free offers</li></ul>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Revenue Account Determination</strong></li></ol><ul><li>Integration of SD with FI/CO</li><li>Revenue account determination process</li><li>Revenue account determination</li><li>G/L account determinations</li></ul>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>SD Basic Functions</strong></li></ol><ul><li>Partner determination process</li><li>Output determination process</li><li>Text determination process</li><li>Material determination</li><li>Transfer of requirements</li><li>Availability check process</li><li>Incompletion process</li><li>Listing and Exclusion</li><li>Route determination process</li><li>Working with Bill of Materials</li></ul>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Special Sales Special Processes</strong></li></ol><ul><li>Consignment Sales process</li><li>Stock transport order</li><li>Third party process</li><li>Returnable transport packaging - RTP</li><li>Intercompany Sales</li><li>Rebates processing</li></ul>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Invoicing Plans</strong></li></ol><ul><li>Periodic Invoicing</li><li>Milestone billing</li></ul>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Variant Configuration</strong></li></ol><ul><li>Variant Configuration Overview</li><li>Confuting variant configuration process</li><li>Working with variants &amp; variants pricing</li><li>Testing scenarios in variant pricing</li></ul>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Integration with Other Modules and Support</strong></li></ol><ul><li>Integration of SD with FI/CO</li><li>Integration of SD with MM</li><li>Integration of SD with PP</li><li>Idocs handling</li><li>Batch Jobs handling</li><li>Support Projects Handling documentation</li><li>Implementation Projects handling &amp; documentation</li><li>Resume Preparation</li><li>Interview preparation</li></ul><p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 25 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2020 15:13:03 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP S/4 HANA Logistics  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-s-4-hana-logistics-video-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<strong>Course Curriculum<br><br>SAP S/4HANA Enterprise Management</strong><ul><li>Streamlined Procure-to-Pay</li><li>Accelerated Plan-to-Product</li><li>Optimized Order-to-Cash</li><li>Enhanced Request-to-Service</li></ul>&nbsp;<br><strong>Inventory Management</strong><ul><li>SAP S/4HANA Changes</li><li>Warehouse Processing</li><li>Physical Inventory Management</li></ul>&nbsp;<br><strong>Manufacturing</strong><ul><li>Material Requirements Planning</li><li>Production Execution</li></ul>&nbsp;<br><strong>SAP Extended Warehouse Management</strong><ul><li>Delivery Processing in Extended Warehouse Management</li></ul>&nbsp;<br><strong>Sourcing and Procurement</strong><ul><li>Materials Requirements Planning</li><li>Operational Purchasing</li><li>Collaborative Sourcing and Contract Management</li><li>Supplier Management, Invoicing and Payables Management</li><li>SAP Ariba</li></ul>&nbsp;<br><strong>Sales Order Management</strong><ul><li>Sales Contract Management</li><li>Sales Order Management and Processing</li><li>Billing and Invoicing, Output Management</li><li>Claims, Returns, and Refund Management</li><li>SAP Hybris</li><li>SAP Transportation Management</li></ul>&nbsp;<br><strong>Quality Management</strong><ul><li>Quality Notification, Planning and Inspection</li><li>Material Master Quality Management View</li></ul>&nbsp;<br><strong>Plant Maintenance and Enterprise Asset Management</strong><ul><li>Maintenance Processing</li></ul><p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 40 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2020 15:09:09 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP QM  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-qm-video-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						SAP Quality Management is a part of SAP R/3 system and is integrated with other SAP modules like SAP Material Management (MM), Production Planning (PP), and Plant Maintenance (PM). QM is an integral part of logistic management and it is used to perform quality functions such as quality planning, quality assurance, and quality control, at various stages such as incoming material stage, in-process manufacturing process stage, and after production as well. This tutorial will walk you through the different features of SAP QM.<br
/><br
/><br
/><em><strong>The following components are available in QM:-</strong></em><br
/><br
/>Basic data (for example, material master, catalogs, inspection characteristics, inspection methods and sampling procedures).<br
/><br
/>Inspection planning (inspection plans, reference operation sets, material specifications).<br
/><br
/>QM in procurement.<br
/><br
/>QM in sales and distribution<br
/><br
/>Inspection lot processing (inspection lot creation and inspection lot completion)<br
/><br
/>Results recording<br
/><br
/>Defects recording<br
/><br
/>Sample management<br
/><br
/>Quality Information System<br
/><br
/>Dynamic modification of the inspection scope<br
/><br
/>Quality certificates<br
/><br
/>Quality notifications<br
/><br
/>Test equipment management<br
/><br
/><strong><em>Course Curriculum:-</em></strong><br
/>Introduction to ERP<ul><li>ERP Packages</li><li>Introduction to SAP</li><li>Functions and Objectives of QM</li><li>QM Overview</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>SAP Navigation<br
/>Organizational structure of an Enterprise in the SAP R/3 System<ul><li>Company, Company code, Controlling Area, Plant, Storage Location, Purchase Organization, Purchasing group</li><li>Controlling Settings (Cost Center and Cost Element etc.)</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>Master Data&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<ul><li>Material Master - Activation of QM view</li><li>Master Inspection characteristics - Qualitative &amp; Quantitative</li><li>Sampling Procedure, Sampling Scheme&nbsp;</li><li>Codes and Code Groups</li><li>Catalog, Selected set, Catalog Profile</li><li>Inspection Method</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>Planning &amp; Execution<ul><li>Inspection plan</li><li>Creation of inspection lot (Automatic and Manual)</li><li>Results Recording</li><li>Usage Decision and Stock Posting</li><li>Inspection type</li><li>Material Specification</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>Quality Management in Procurement<ul><li>Goods receipt inspection against Purchase Order</li><li>Goods receipt inspection without Purchase Order</li><li>Stock Transfer Inspection</li><li>Controls in procurement</li><li>QM info Record</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>Quality Management in Production<ul><li>In process inspection for Production Order</li><li>In process inspection for Production Order with Inspection Points</li><li>Goods Receipt Inspection after Production</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>Quality Management in Sales and Distribution<ul><li>Inspection during delivery</li><li>Inspection during customer returns</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>Inspection with Physical Samples<ul><li>Types of physical samples</li><li>Sample Drawing Procedure&nbsp;</li><li>Inspection lot processing for physical samples</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>Calibration Inspection<ul><li>Test equipment Management</li><li>Process flow of calibration inspection</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>Quality Management with Batches<ul><li>Automatic Batch Valuation with QM</li><li>Recurring inspection</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>Quality Certificates&nbsp;<ul><li>Certificate Profile creation</li><li>Certificate Printing</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>Quality Control&nbsp;<ul><li>Statistical Process Control</li><li>Control charts</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>Quality Notifications&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<ul><li>Quality Notifications in the Logistics Supply Chain</li><li>Record and process notifications in the system</li><li>Defect notification processing</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>Stability Studies<ul><li>Objects in the Stability Study</li><li>Stability Study Process Flow</li></ul><p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 20 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2020 15:03:18 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP PP  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-pp-video-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						SAP PP&nbsp;is one the important module in&nbsp;SAP system. It handles all business process related to production of a company. In SAP R/3 system modular data is classified as master data and transaction data where the master data is defined as the individual module objects. PP&nbsp;Master data must be used before use of transactions.<br
/><br
/><em><strong>SAP PP MODULE FEATURES &amp; FUNCTIONALITIES:-</strong></em><br
/><br
/>Here are the important functionalities &amp; features covered by production planning module.<br
/><br
/>Material Requirement Planning (MRP)<br
/><br
/>Billing of Material (BOM)<br
/><br
/>Routings<br
/><br
/>Capacity Planning<br
/><br
/>Master production scheduling<br
/><br
/>Shop floor.<br
/><br
/><br
/>SAP Production Planning module allows to&nbsp;plan Production and Procurement.<br
/>In this course the student will&nbsp;get an understanding of all involved Master Data&nbsp;in this process and in&nbsp;how to run the Materials Requirements Planning or MRP.<br
/>All lessons contain and&nbsp;introductory theoretical overview and a demo in the system.<br
/>For a better understanding a&nbsp;simple case study&nbsp;has been created where we simulate the&nbsp;plan of the manufacturing of a bicycle in SAP.<br
/><br
/><br
/><em><strong>Sub-modules of&nbsp;production planning are as follows:-</strong></em><br
/><br
/>SOP (Sales Operation Planning)<br
/><br
/>LTP (Long tern planning)<br
/><br
/>DM (Data Management)<br
/><br
/>MPS/MRP (Master Production Schedule/Material Requirement Planning)<br
/><br
/>CRP (Capacity Requirement Planning)<br
/><br
/>Shop Floor Control<br
/><br
/>Information systems<br
/><br
/><strong>Course Structure:</strong><br
/><strong>1. SAP Overview</strong><ul><li>my SAP Business Suite</li><li>PP Overview</li></ul><strong>2. Master Data</strong><ul><li>Organizational Overview</li><li>Material Master</li><li>Bills of Material</li><li>Work center</li><li>Routings</li></ul><strong>3. Sales and Operations Planning</strong><ul><li>Sales Operations Planning</li><li>Basics</li><li>Standard SOP</li><li>Flexible Planning</li></ul><strong>4. Demand Management</strong><ul><li>Overview of Demand</li><li>Management</li><li>Make to Stock versus Make to Order</li><li>Make to Stock Planning Strategies</li><li>Make to Order Planning Strategies</li><li>Settings and Customizing</li></ul><strong>5. Material Requirement Planning (MRP)</strong><ul><li>Concept of Material</li></ul><strong>6. Requirements Planning</strong><ul><li>Technical process of the MRP run</li><li>Prerequisites for Running MRP</li><li>Methods for Executing planning run</li><li>Factors influencing the MRP run</li><li>Stock requirements list and MRP list</li><li>Analyzing MRP results</li></ul><strong>7. Production Orders Execution</strong><ul><li>Production Order Creation</li><li>Availability Check</li><li>Production Order Release</li><li>Capacity Planning</li><li>Scheduling</li><li>Production Order Printing</li><li>Goods Issue of components</li><li>Confirmations</li><li>Goods Receipt</li><li>Product Costing &amp; Settlement</li></ul><strong>8. Repetitive Manufacturing</strong><ul><li>Master Data</li><li>Planning (line loading)</li><li>Material Staging</li><li>Back flush and Receipts</li><li>Evaluations</li></ul><p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 15 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2020 14:57:48 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP PO  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-po-video-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<strong><em>SAP Process Orchestration:-</em></strong><br
/><br
/>SAP Process Orchestration&nbsp;combines the power of&nbsp;SAP Business Process Management,&nbsp;SAP Process Integration&nbsp;and&nbsp;SAP Business Rules Managementinto one integrated offering. The solution provides all components your organization needs to quickly automate and optimize business processes - from simple workflows to integrated processes that span applications, geographies, and organizational boundaries.<br
/><br
/><br
/>Model, implement, integrate, and monitor custom process applications and integration scenarios &ndash; quickly and flexibly. By creating more streamlined, adaptable processes, you can innovate faster and respond better to changing demands.<br
/><br
/>On-premise deployment.<br
/><br
/>Faster modelling and deployment of business process applications.<br
/><br
/>Lower costs related to integrating heterogeneous systems.<br
/><br
/>Improved data quality and reduced data entry effort.<br
/><br
/><br
/>SAP Process Integration (SAP-PI) is formerly known as SAP Exchange Infrastructure (SAP-XI), which is a software designed to enable communication between SAP and third-party systems. Communication between different IT-Systems is based on the ABAP/Java Stack and on the usage of so called Adapters.<br
/><br
/>SAP Process Orchestration is a combination of different tools &ndash; like a set of building blocks, including SAP-PI, enabling not just system integration but also business process management (SAP-BPM) , business rules management (SAP-BRM) and also including further technical components like the Composite Application Framework (supports creation of persistent data) or the Enterprise Content Management (used for document management).<br
/><br
/><strong><em>MAIN FUCNTIONS OF SAP PO:-</em></strong><br
/><br
/>Push&nbsp;selective messages from SAP Process Orchestration integration flows to Splunk.<br
/><br
/>Search and correlate&nbsp;XML payloads with high-level message overview&nbsp;to gain full operational insight on business data.<br
/><br
/>Support both synchronous and asynchronous messaging<br
/>Gain deeper insights into errors by correlating based on system logs and traces.<br
/><br
/>Never miss a critical system-generated alert.<br
/><br
/>Monitor the underlying processes of SAP PO and act immediately when process health deteriorates.<br
/><br
/>Keep track of the active Integrated-Configurations available in your SAP PO environment<br
/><br
/><br
/><br
/><em><strong>Course Curriculum:-</strong></em><ul><li>SAP NetWeaver Process Integration (PI) Architecture</li><li>The System Landscape Directory</li><li>Interface Objects in the Enterprise Service Repository (ESR)</li><li>Maintain Mapping Objects in the ESR</li><li>Configure Integration Directory (ID) Communication Objects</li><li>Configure Integration Directory (ID) Objects for ABAP Processing</li><li>Configure Integration Directory (ID) Objects for Java Processing</li><li>Operations of SAP NetWeaver PI</li><li>Connectivity Options for SAP NetWeaver PI</li><li>HTTP Connectivity Options</li><li>File Adapter Configuration</li><li>Idoc Connectivity Options</li><li>Configure SAP BAPI Connectivity</li><li>ccBPM Integration Processes</li><li>Overview of mapping techniques</li><li>Standard functions in message mapping</li><li>User-defined functions in message mapping</li><li>Complex mapping tasks using message mapping</li><li>Value mapping technologies in message mapping</li><li>Additional techniques in message mapping</li><li>Integrating Java, and XSLT mapping</li></ul><p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 20 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2020 14:53:40 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP Plant Maintenance (SAP PM)  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-pm-video-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[<p>SAP Plant Maintenance (SAP PM) application component provides an organization with a tool for all maintenance activities to be performed. All the activities that are performed under maintenance are interconnected and hence this module is closely integrated with other modules - Production Planning, Material Management, and Sales and Distribution.</p><br><p><strong><em>Key Functions of Plant Maintenance:-</em></strong></p><br><p><em>Following activities are performed under Plant Maintenance </em></p><br><p><strong>Inspection</strong></p><br><p>Inspection is done to check the actual condition of a technical system.</p><br><p><strong>Preventive Maintenance</strong></p><br><p>Preventive maintenance is used to maintain high availability of the technical system. It includes maintenance planning and work scheduling activities for technical objects.</p><br><p><strong>SAP PM</strong></p><br><p><strong>Course Curriculum</strong></p><br><p><strong>SAP PM (Plant Maintenance)</strong>&nbsp;application component from SAP provides a tool for all maintenance activities to be performed in an organization. All the activities that are performed under maintenance are interconnected and hence this module is closely integrated with other modules - Production Planning, Materials Management, Quality Management, and Sales and Distribution.</p><p>Using SAP PM, you can perform automatic repairs and facilitate maintenance requests in an organization. PM module allows you to record problems in SAP system, plan labor and material activities, and to record, manage, and settle the cost. In a company department, as a plant manager/supervisor you have to identify, document, manage problems and perform enterprise asset management for the required assets, and to perform these activities SAP PM is one of the best ERP tools for this purpose.</p><p>SAP Plant Maintenance contains the following sub-modules -</p><ul><li>Management of technical objects and equipment master record</li><li>Planning of maintenance task</li><li>Manage workflow notifications and work orders under maintenance order management</li></ul><p>Key Functions of Plant Maintenance</p><p>Following activities are performed under SAP&nbsp;PM -</p><ul><li>Inspection&nbsp;- Inspection is done to check the actual condition of a technical system.</li><li>Preventive Maintenance&nbsp;- Preventive maintenance is used to maintain high availability of the technical system. It includes maintenance planning and work scheduling activities for technical objects.</li><li>Repair&nbsp;- Repair involves all measures that can be performed to restore the ideal condition. Repair process can be performed at many planning stages - like work scheduling, resource planning and initial costing, etc.</li></ul><p>You can integrate SAP&nbsp;PM&nbsp;with other modules such as Material Management, Production Planning, Personnel Management, and Sales and Distribution. These modules are used to keep the current data as per the requirement in Plant Maintenance and are initiated automatically to maintain the current data in the system.</p><p>Following are the key modules which integrate with SAP&nbsp;Plant Maintenance -</p><ul><li>Material Management</li><li>Sales and Distribution</li><li>Personnel Management</li><li>Controlling</li><li>Production Planning</li></ul><p>SAP&nbsp;PM covering all topics in great detail and with practical demonstration of the concepts on an SAP&nbsp;PM server instance. This SAP&nbsp;PM training is one of the best training courses available on SAP PM and will take you from the beginner to the most advanced level in a step-by-step manner with live examples and mini-projects.</p>&nbsp;<br><p><strong>SAP&nbsp;PM Course high-level topics</strong></p><ul><li>Overview of SAP PM</li><li>Logon to SAP PM module</li><li>Organizational Structure in PM</li><li>Functional Location</li><li>Work Center</li><li>Equipment</li><li>Bill of Material (BOM)</li><li>Characteristics and Class</li><li>Permits</li><li>Revision</li><li>Measuring Point and Measuring Counter</li><li>Refurbishment for Spare Parts</li><li>Calibration Inspection</li><li>Maintenance Task Lists</li><li>Corrective or Regular Maintenance</li><li>Breakdown Maintenance</li><li>Preventive Maintenance</li></ul>&nbsp;<br><p><strong>SAP&nbsp;PM course curriculum</strong></p>&nbsp;<br><p><strong>1. PM Overview and Organizational Structure</strong></p><p>PM Overview</p><ul><li>Process Overview</li><li>Overview - Integration &amp; Interaction with other modules</li></ul><p>PM Organization Structure</p><ul><li>Plant</li><li>Planning Plant</li><li>Maintenance Planning Plant</li><li>Relationship between organization Units</li></ul>&nbsp;<br><p><strong>2. Technical Objects in PM</strong></p><p>PM Master Data (Technical Objects)</p><ul><li>Functional Locations</li><li>Equipment</li><li>Material Master</li><li>Bills of Material<ul><li>Functional Location BoM</li><li>Equipment BoM</li><li>Material BoM</li></ul></li><li>Work Centers</li><li>Task Lists</li><li>Measuring Points</li><li>Warranties</li><li>Permits</li><li>Maintenance Items / Plans</li></ul>&nbsp;<br><p><strong>3. Notifications and Maintenance Orders</strong></p><p>Notifications</p><ul><li>Notification Types</li><li>Create, Change &amp; Display</li></ul><p>Maintenance Orders</p><ul><li>Order Types</li><li>Create, Change &amp; Display</li></ul><p>Order completion</p><ul><li>Technical Completion of the order</li><li>Closing order and notification</li><li>Cost Settlement</li></ul><p>Order Status</p>&nbsp;<br><p><strong>4. Maintenance Planning (Scheduling) and Reporting</strong></p><p>Preventative Maintenance (Maintenance Planning)</p><ul><li>Preventative Maintenance Process</li><li>Task List</li><li>Scheduling Plans</li></ul><p>Reporting in SAP PM</p><ul><li>Reporting at Document Level</li><li>Reporting with the Logistics Information System</li></ul>&nbsp;<br><p><strong>5. Configuration &amp; Integration</strong></p><ul><li>Configuration in PM</li><li>Integration with other modules</li><li>Case Study</li></ul><p><strong>Who this course is for:</strong></p><ul><li>SAP PM Consultants / Managers / End Users</li><li>Anyone aspiring to become SAP PM Consultant / Manager</li><li>SAP Logistics Analysts &amp; Consultants</li><li>SAP &amp; ERP Professionals</li><li>SAP Functional Consultants</li><li>Business Analysts &amp; Consultants</li><li>Project Managers &amp; Supervisors</li><li>Anyone looking forward to start SAP career</li></ul>&nbsp;<br>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 18 GBP</p><p>Discount: 70% Off for Laimoon Users!</p><p>Duration: Upto 10 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2020 14:41:53 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP MM  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-materials-management-video-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[<ol><li><strong>INTRODUCTION TO ERP</strong></li><li><strong>INTRODUCTION TO SAP</strong></li><li><strong>INITIAL SCREENS</strong>a. How to login to the SAP system</li></ol>b. SAP Client / GUI<br
/>c. SAP Session - What it is<br
/>d. How to open a new Session<br
/>e. Create new Sessions<br
/>f. Navigation between Sessions<br
/>g. Transactions and Activities<br
/>h. Shortcuts or Transaction Codes<br
/>i. SAP Easy Access screen<br
/>j. SAP IMG screen<br
/>k. Difference between Easy Access and IMG screens<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>3.<strong>ENTERPRISE STRUCTURE</strong><ol><li><ol><li>What is Enterprise Structure</li><li>The different types of Enterprise Structure</li><li>Company structure in real time</li><li>Company structure for each process</li><li>MM Structure against other process structure</li><li>Enterprise Structure terms in real time against those used in the SAP system</li><li>Definitions of the elements of enterprise structure</li><li>Creation of Enterprise Structure elements in the SAP system</li></ol></li></ol><ol><li>Group</li><li>Company</li><li>Plant</li><li>Store</li><li>Purchasing Department</li><li>Valuation Area</li><li>Controlling Area</li><li>Assignment of the Enterprise Structure elements in the SAP system</li><li>Assign Company to Group</li><li>Assign Plant to Company</li><li>Assign Store to Plant</li><li>Assign Purchasing Departments</li><li>Assign Controlling Area</li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>MASTER DATA</strong></li></ol>a. Basics of Master Data<br
/>b. Significance of Master Data<br
/>c. Usage of Master Data<br
/>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Material Master</strong><ol><li>What is Material Master</li><li>Views</li><li>Subscreens</li><li>Fields</li><li>Maintenance of material data in the SAP system</li><li>Prerequisites for creation of Material Master Record</li><li>Creation of Material Master Record</li><li>Changes to Material Master Record</li><li>Other end user activities in Material Master</li><li>Configuration of Material Master</li></ol></li></ol><ol><li>Screen Sequence</li></ol>What is Screen Sequence<br
/>Significance and usage of Screen Sequence<ol><li>Screen Reference</li></ol>What is Screen Reference<br
/>Creating and using Screen Reference<ol><li>Field Selection</li></ol>What is Field Selection<br
/>Criteria for defining field selection<ol><li>Field Reference</li></ol>What is Field reference<br
/>Creating and using field references<ol><li>Material Type</li></ol>What is Material Type<br
/>Usage of Material Type in the SAP system<br
/>Defining and using Material Types<ol><li>Assign Number Range to Material Type</li><li>Material Number formatting</li><li>Material Groups</li><li>Purchasing Group</li><li>Purchase Value Key</li><li>Shipping Instruction</li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Vendor Master</strong><ol><li>Who is a Vendor</li><li>What is Vendor Master Record</li><li>Division of Vendor Master data</li></ol></li></ol>General Data<br
/>Company Code Data<br
/>Purchasing Data<ol><li>Vendor Classification</li><li>Types of Vendor</li></ol>Regular Vendor<br
/>One-time Vendor<br
/>Accounting Vendor<br
/>Purchasing Vendor<br
/>Central Vendor<ol><li>Prerequisites for creating Vendor Master Record</li><li>Vendor Account Group and its significance</li><li>Creation of Vendor Master Record</li><li>Changing the Vendor Master Record</li><li>Other End user activities of Vendor Master</li><li>Configuration of Vendor Master</li><li>Vendor Field Selection</li></ol>What is Vendor field selection<br
/>Significance of vendor field selection<br
/>Criteria for maintaining vendor field selection<ol><li>Assignment of Number Ranges</li><li>Screen selection for Vendor Master records</li><li>Vendor Industries</li><li>Terms of Payment</li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Purchasing Info Record</strong><ol><li>Basics of Purchasing Info Record</li><li>Types of Purchasing Info Record</li><li>Prerequisites for Purchasing Info Record</li><li>Creation of Purchasing Info Record</li><li>Changing the Purchasing Info Record</li><li>Other End User activities for Purchasing Info Record</li><li>Configuration</li></ol></li></ol><ol><li><strong>Source Determination</strong><ol><li>Basics of Source Determination</li></ol></li></ol><ol><li>Source List<ol><li>Basics of Source List</li></ol></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li>Creation of Source List</li><li>Changing the Source List</li><li>Other End User activities for Source List</li><li>Configuration</li><li>Quota Arrangement<ol><li>Basics of Quota Arrangement</li></ol></li></ol>What is Quota Arrangement<br
/>Significance and usage of Quota Arrangement<ol><li>Prerequisites for creating Quota Arrangement</li><li>Creation of Quota Arrangement</li><li>Changing the Quota Arrangement</li><li>Other End User activities of Quota Arrangement</li><li>Configuration</li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Purchasing</strong><ol><li>Basics of Purchasing</li></ol></li></ol>What is Purchasing<br
/>Difference Between Purchasing and Procurement<ol><li>Purchasing Cycle</li><li>Purchasing Documents</li></ol>Different types of Purchasing documents used<br
/>Division of Purchasing Document in the SAP system<br
/>Type of data maintained in each division of the purchase document<ol><li>Purchase Requisition<ol><li>Basics of Purchase Requisition</li><li>Creation of Purchase Requisition</li><li>Other End User activities of Purchase Requisition</li></ol></li><li>Request for Quotation (RFQ)<ol><li>Basics of RFQ</li><li>Creation of RFQ</li><li>Other End User activities of RFQ</li></ol></li><li>Quotation<ol><li>Basics of Quotation</li><li>Creation of Quotation</li><li>Other End User activities of Quotation</li></ol></li><li>Comparison<ol><li>What is comparison</li><li>Criteria for comparison in the real time and in the SAP system</li><li>The comparison process</li></ol></li><li>Purchase Order<ol><li>What is a Purchase Order</li><li>Creation of Purchase Order with reference</li><li>Creation of Purchase Order without reference</li></ol></li><li>Release Procedure<ol><li>Basics of Release Procedure</li><li>Release Procedure and Approval process</li><li>Release Characteristics</li><li>Release Classes</li><li>Release Groups</li><li>Release Codes</li><li>Release Indicators</li><li>Release Strategies</li><li>Releasing the Purchase Order through Release Procedure</li></ol></li><li>Optimization of Purchasing<ol><li>Concepts of Purchase Optimization</li><li>Prerequisites for creating a Purchase Order automatically</li><li>Creation of Purchase Order automatically</li></ol></li><li>Outline Agreements<ol><li>Basics</li><li>Contracts<ol><li>Concepts</li><li>Quantity Contract</li><li>Value Contract</li><li>Creation of a Contract</li><li>Other End User activities of Contract</li></ol></li><li>Scheduling Agreements<ol><li>Concepts</li><li>Creation of Scheduling Agreement</li><li>Other End User activities of Scheduling Agreement</li><li>Creation of Delivery Schedule</li></ol></li></ol></li><li>Configuration of Purchasing</li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Inventory Management</strong><ol><li>Basics of Inventory Management</li><li>Stock Types</li><li>Movement Types</li><li>Process of Goods Receipt</li><li>Process of Goods Issue</li></ol></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li>Stock Transfers</li><li>Return to vendor</li><li>Cancellation</li><li>Initial Stock</li><li>Reservations</li><li>Physical Inventory</li><li>Configuration</li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Special Procurement Process / Special Stocks</strong><ol><li>Basics of Special Procurement Process / Special Stocks&nbsp;</li><li>Subcontracting<ol><li>What is the Subcontracting process</li><li>Where used</li><li>Steps defining the subcontracting process</li><li>Configuration for subcontract process</li></ol></li><li>Consignment<ol><li>What is the Consignment process</li><li>Where used</li><li>Steps defining the Consignment process</li><li>Configuration for Consignment process</li></ol></li></ol></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li>Pipeline<ol><li>What is the Pipeline process</li><li>Where used</li><li>Steps defining the Pipeline process</li><li>Configuration for Consignment process</li></ol></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>External&nbsp; Services Management</strong><ol><li>Basics of External Services Management</li><li>Service Master</li><li>Service Conditions</li><li>Service Purchase Order</li><li>Service Entry Sheet</li><li>Configuration of External Services Management</li></ol></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Valuation and Account Determination</strong><ol><li>Valuation Types</li><li>Split Valuation<ol><li>What is Split Valuation</li><li>Usage and Significance of Split Valuation</li><li>Global Types</li><li>Global Categories</li><li>Assignment</li></ol></li></ol></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Logistics Invoice Verification</strong><ol><li>Concepts</li><li>Planned Costs</li><li>Unplanned Costs</li><li>Entry of Invoice</li><li>Blocking of Invoice</li><li>Releasing the blocked invoice</li><li>Holding / Parking the invoice</li><li>Releasing the parked invoice</li></ol></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Pricing Procedure</strong><ol><li>Condition Table</li><li>Access Sequence</li><li>Condition Types</li><li>Calculation Schema</li><li>Schema Group</li><li>Schema Determination</li><li>Condition Records</li><li>Execution of Pricing Procedure</li></ol></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Batch Management </strong><ol><li>Basics of Batch Management</li><li>Configuration of Batch Management process in the SAP system</li><li>Creation of Batch Master Record</li><li>End User activities of Batch Management</li><li>Batch Management with Classification</li></ol></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Output Determination</strong><ol><li>Access Sequences</li><li>Message Types</li><li>Message Determination Schema</li><li>Partner Roles per Message Type</li><li>Assign Output Devices to Purchasing Groups</li></ol></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Integration with FI/CO</strong><ol><li>Concepts</li><li>Valuation Grouping Code</li><li>Valuation Class</li><li>Account Category Reference</li><li>Automatic Postings</li><li>Modifiers</li></ol></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Integration with PP (Materials Requirement Planning)</strong><ol><li>Concepts</li><li>MRP Methods / Types</li><li>MRP Group</li><li>MRP Controller</li><li>MRP Area</li><li>MRP Configuration</li></ol></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>ASAP Methodology</strong><ol><li>What is ASAP Methodology</li><li>Steps of ASAP Methodology</li></ol></li></ol>Project Preparation<br
/>Blueprint<br
/>Realization<br
/>Final Preparation<br
/>Go-Live / Initial Support<ol><li>Time duration for each step</li><li>Post implementation process</li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Support Project Process</strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Real-time Project scenarios</strong></li></ol><p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 30 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2020 14:11:17 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP Master Data  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sam-master-data-video-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<em><strong>The key points to note about material master data are as follows:-</strong></em><br
/><br
/>This is the enterprise main source of material-specific data. This data will include information on the materials that a company can procure, produce, store, or sell.<br
/><br
/>Since there are different departments in an enterprise and each department works on some specific material, they will enter different information regarding their material. So, each user department has its own view of the material master record.<br
/><br
/>The data screens that are used to create material master can be divided into two categories &minus;<br
/><br
/><em><strong>Main Data</strong></em>&nbsp;&minus; This will include basic data (base unit of measure, weight), purchasing data (over tolerance and under tolerance), accounting data (standard price, moving price).<br
/><br
/><em><strong>Additional Data</strong></em>&nbsp;&minus; This will include additional information like short description about material, currency etc.<br
/><br
/><strong>SAP MDM (MASTER DATA MANAGEMENT)</strong><br
/><strong>Description</strong><strong>:</strong><ul><li>SAP NetWeaver MDM architecture</li><li>Data Management in SAP NetWeaver MDM</li><li>SAP NetWeaver MDM Data Manager modes</li><li>Taxonomy and Attributes</li><li>Matching Mode</li><li>Validations</li><li>Workflow</li><li>Basic repository management with SAP NetWeaver MDM Console</li><li>Basic import process with SAP NetWeaver MDM Import Manager</li><li>Master Data Consolidation</li><li>Master Data Harmonization (including distribution with SAP NetWeaver MDM Syndicator)</li><li>Central Master Data Management</li><li>Introduction to the business scenarios Global Data Synchronization, Customer Data Integration, and</li><li>Rich Product Content Management</li><li>Security and Auditing</li><li>Print Publishing</li><li>SAP NetWeaver Integration</li><li>Specifically covering Portal and BW</li><li>Solution Overview and Architecture</li><li>Explaining the IT scenarios involving MDM</li><li>MDM Architecture in Detail</li><li>MDM Console</li><li>Administering MDM and auxiliary servers</li><li>Administering MDM repositories</li><li>MDM Repository Table Types Advanced</li><li>MDM Repository Field Types Advanced</li><li>Multi-Lingual Configuration</li><li>MDM Data Manager</li><li>Data Manager Advanced Functions</li><li>MDM Expression Editor</li><li>MDM Data Manager Workflow</li><li>MDM Import Manager advanced functions</li><li>MDM Syndicator advanced functions</li><li>SAP NetWeaver Integration</li><li>Portal Integration</li><li>BI Integration</li><li>XI Integration</li><li>ERP Integration</li><li>MDM APIs</li><li>Business Objects Data Services</li><li>Web Services</li><li>Overview of the Global Data Synchronization (GDS) Process</li><li>Installation procedure for GDS Console</li><li>Architecture of GDS</li><li>Data import to GDS</li><li>Data maintenance on GDS</li><li>System configuration</li><li>General Introduction to MDM Data Modeling</li><li>Necessity of Data Modeling</li><li>Nature of Master Data</li><li>MDM Data Modeling Basics</li><li>MDM Repository Tables</li><li>MDM Repository Fields</li><li>MDM Multi-lingual capabilities</li><li>MDM Data Modeling Practice</li><li>Data Modeling Procedure</li><li>Data Modeling Best Practices</li><li>Data Modeling Performance Considerations</li><li>MDM Data Modeling Implementation Practice</li><li>Data Manager Relationships, Data Groups and Images</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 5 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2020 14:07:17 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP Lumira Designer  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-lumira-designer-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						SAP Lumira Designer, formerly known as SAP Design Studio, is one of the robust products available in the market for developing top-of-the-line analytical applications and business dashboards. However, every tool by its core functionality has limitations for some use cases and business processes. One of such considerable cases is the ability to write back to a database directly from the dashboard.<br
/><br
/>SAP Lumira is known as a visual intelligence tool to create and visualize stories on dataset. It was earlier known as Visual Intelligence tool where you could visualize data and create stories to provide graphical details of the data.<br
/><br
/>Data is entered in Lumira as data set and you can apply filters, hierarchies, calculated columns to build documents on Lumira. You can choose various charts like Bar charts, Pie charts, etc. to visualize the data effectively.<br
/><br
/><em><strong>Benefits:-</strong></em><br
/><br
/>Enables the creation of sophisticated dashboards and analytic applications.<br
/><br
/>End user consumption of analytic applications are governed and secured by the SAP BusinessObjects BI Platform.<br
/><br
/>Includes powerful out-of-the-box templates to help customer get started quickly.<br
/><br
/>Enables sharing with thousands of end users via the SAP BusinessObjects BI platform.<br
/><br
/><br
/><strong>SAP Lumira &ndash; Course Curriculum</strong><br
/><strong>SAP Lumira Discovery</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<ul><li>Positioning and Overview of SAP Lumira Discovery</li><li>Navigating the BI Launchpad</li><li>Acquiring Data</li><li>Enrich the Dataset</li><li>Create a Story</li><li>Create Visualizations</li><li>Export Options</li><li>Using the Lumira Discovery Formula Editor</li><li>Additional Data Sources</li><li>Working with Multiple Datasets<br
/> &nbsp;</li></ul><strong>SAP Lumira Designer</strong><ul><li>Positioning and Architecture<ul><li>Describing the positioning of SAP Lumira</li><li>Describing the Architecture of SAP Lumira, Designer Edition</li></ul></li><li>Creating an Application<ul><li>Understanding and Using the Format LUMX</li><li>Creating an Application with Online Data Access</li><li>Using a Data Source with Data Acquisition</li><li>Creating a Basic Application</li><li>Using Filter Components</li><li>Using Data Bound Component Properties</li><li>Using Scorecards</li><li>Using Structural Elements for Design</li><li>Creating the Simple Map Component Presentation</li><li>Using Composites</li><li>Describing Interoperability Between BI Clients</li></ul></li><li>Defining Layouts and Formats<ul><li>Using Standard and Custom Templates</li><li>Working with Themes, CSS Formatting, and the Embedded CSS Editor</li><li>Using Conditional Formatting Setting Components</li></ul></li><li>Advanced Design Techniques<ul><li>Describing the Script Editor</li><li>Defining the Navigation Behaviour of Basic Components by Scripting</li><li>Defining Local Variables in Script Functions</li><li>Using Metadata and Single Values in Documents</li><li>Using Global Variables for Scripting</li><li>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</li><li>Outlying Export Scenarios</li><li>Using Action Sheets</li><li>Describing Commentary Functionality</li></ul></li><li>Optimizing Applications on Mobile Devices<ul><li>Accessing Application on Mobile Devices</li><li>Using the Adaptive Layout Container</li><li>Using Movable Components</li><li>Optimizing Components for Mobile Devices<br
/> &nbsp;</li></ul></li></ul><strong>SAP Lumira Advanced</strong><ul><li>Creating geo maps<ul><li>Geo maps basics</li><li>Understanding and creating GeoJSON files</li><li>Geo maps scripting</li></ul></li><li>Composites<ul><li>Using composites</li><li>Creating composites</li></ul></li><li>Using the result set in script<ul><li>Looping over the result set in script</li></ul></li><li>Dynamic creation of components<ul><li>Creating components within scripting</li><li>Creating property binding within scripting</li></ul></li><li>Advanced application design techniques<ul><li>Creating generic applications</li><li>Using the new bookmarking concept</li><li>Understanding and using the commentary framework</li><li>Understanding and using scheduling of documents</li></ul></li><li>Performance Optimization<ul><li>Basic performance topics</li><li>Performance recommendations for application designers</li><li>Details for parallel processing scenarios</li><li>Performance recommendations for administrators</li></ul></li></ul><p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 2 Days</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 20:58:50 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP Inventory Management  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-inventory-management-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						The Materials Management functionality is the main component of any SAP implementation. The Materials Management can be described as the train that drives the supply-chain functionality within SAP. It also integrates with other SAP modules as well. Taking this MM course will help you with everything you need to start your career in working with SAP Inventory Management.<br
/><br
/>It is suitable for businesses of any size and focuses on organizing and streamlining product storage and fulfillment. This system helps boost customer satisfaction by linking service goals with stock investments throughout an entire supply chain. Users can choose between an on-premise or cloud-based deployment strategy depending on the unique requirements of their operations.<br
/><br
/><br
/>Inventory management in SAP&nbsp;is an important component of&nbsp;MM  shortly represent as MM-IM. It deals with the management of stocks and goods movement. View its&nbsp;tables,&nbsp;transaction codes&nbsp;and&nbsp;PDF tutorials<br
/><br
/><br
/>Main Components of SAP MM &ndash;<br
/><strong><em>IM module are</em></strong><br
/><br
/>MM-IM-GF&nbsp;: Basic Functions<br
/><br
/>MM-IM-GR&nbsp;: Goods Receipt<br
/><br
/>MM-IM-GI&nbsp;: Goods Issue and Return Delivery<br
/><br
/>MM-IM-ST&nbsp;: Stock Transfer/Transfer Posting<br
/><br
/>MM-IM-RS&nbsp;: Reservations<br
/><br
/>MM-IM-PI&nbsp;: Physical Inventory<br
/><br
/>MM-IM-VP&nbsp;: Balance Sheet Valuation Procedures<br
/><br
/>MM-IM-ED&nbsp;: Excise Duty<br
/><br
/><strong>Course Curriculum - Inventory Management in SAP</strong><br
/><br
/><br
/>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Basics of Inventory Management<br
/>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Stock Types<br
/>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Movement Types<br
/>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Process of Goods Receipt<br
/>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Process of Goods Issue<br
/>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Stock Transfers<br
/>i. What is Stock Transfer<br
/>ii. Types of Stock Transfer<br
/>iii. Transfer between Plants<br
/>iv. Transfer between Storage Locations<br
/>v. Transfer between Stock types<br
/>vi. Transfer using Stock Transport Order<br
/>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Return to Vendor<br
/>i. Conditions under material returned to vendor<br
/>ii. Prerequisites for return to vendor<br
/>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Cancellation<br
/>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Initial Stock<br
/>10. Reservations<br
/>11. Physical Inventory<br
/>12. Configuration<br
/>; &nbsp;Plant Parameters<br
/>; Number Range assignment<br
/>iii. Screen Selection<br
/>iv. End User Restrictions for Inventory Management activities<br
/>; Movement Types and its attributes<br
/>vi. Individual transaction configuration<br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 17 GBP</p><p>Discount: 95% Off for Laimoon Users!</p><p>Duration: Upto 10 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 20:48:49 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP Hybris  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-hybris-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						SAP Hybris E-commerce solution enables you to target and engage customers across multiple channels with ease. &nbsp;Its modular design ensures that you can&nbsp;make it work with the rest of your enterprise architecture to foster efficiency and productivity.<br
/><br
/><em><strong>Hybris includes product portfolio for the following capabilities </strong></em>&minus;<br
/><br
/>Products for Commerce<br
/><br
/>Products for Marketing<br
/><br
/>Products for Sales<br
/><br
/>Products for Service<br
/><br
/>Products for Billing<br
/><br
/>Cross-Functional Solution<br
/><br
/><br
/><br
/>SAP Hybris Marketing Cloud has a modular design, meaning companies can add additional modules to get a unified marketing platform.<br
/><br
/><strong><em>The modules are:</em></strong><br
/><br
/>Dynamic customer profilin<br
/><br
/>Segmentation and campaign management<br
/><br
/>Commerce marketing<br
/><br
/><br
/>Loyalty management<br
/><br
/>Marketing resource management<br
/><br
/>Marketing analytics<br
/><br
/>Marketing lead management<br
/><br
/>Customer attribution<br
/><br
/>SAP Hybris provides solutions for any organization interested in creating a cost and time efficient customer experience. But what sets it apart is that it does this&nbsp;while&nbsp;reducing the complexity inherent to building a scalable enterprise system capable of delivering a good customer experience.<br
/><br
/><br
/><strong>SAP Hybris</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>SAP Hybris &ndash; Overview</strong></li></ol><ul><li>What is SAP Hybris</li><li>Industry use of SAP Hybris</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Business Analyst</strong></li></ol><ul><li>SAP Hybris Application Life Cycle Framework for Commerce</li></ul>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Commerce Management</strong></li></ol><ul><li>B2B</li><li>Bundling</li><li>Cart and Checkout Demo</li><li>Cart Feature and Checkout Types</li><li>Commerce Search</li><li>Configure a new Bundle Telco</li><li>Create a new Facet</li><li>Create a Promotion using the Promotions Engine</li><li>Create Multi Code Coupons</li><li>Order Forms</li><li>Order Replenishment</li><li>Payment</li><li>Promotions and Coupons</li><li>Quote Management and Order Approval</li><li>Search</li><li>Search Box Component</li><li>Subscriptions and Bundling Telco</li><li>Subscriptions and Entitlements</li></ul>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Content Management</strong></li></ol><ul><li>Advanced Search</li><li>Bulk Editing Products</li><li>Business Engine and Workflow Collaboration</li><li>Catalogs and Synchronization</li><li>Commerce Customization using Smart Edit</li><li>Create a new Navigation Node on the Store Front</li><li>Create a new Product Category</li><li>Create a New Product in the Product Cockpit</li><li>Create a Stock Level for Product</li><li>Creating a Custom Product Details Page</li><li>Creating a Media Conversion Group</li><li>Creating a new Classifying Category</li><li>Creating new Media Formats for an Image</li><li>Creating new WorkFlow Template</li><li>CX</li><li>Deleting a Product</li><li>Editing Prices</li><li>Enriching Product Data with Localization</li><li>Intro to Product Cockpit</li><li>Intro to YForms</li><li>Media Management</li><li>Page Personalization using Smart Edit</li><li>Product Cockpit</li><li>Product Modelling</li><li>Product Variants</li><li>Sharing a List of Products from the Product Cockpit</li><li>Triggering a Workflow</li><li>YForms</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Integrations</strong></li></ol><ul><li>Data Modelling</li><li>Impex</li><li>Integrations Overview</li><li>Integration Tools</li><li>Jam Communities Integration Demo</li><li>OCCv2 Demo</li><li>SAP Solution Integration Scenarios</li></ul>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Introduction</strong></li></ol><ul><li>Installing Hybris Commerce using Installer</li><li>Introduction to Hybris Commerce</li></ul>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Order Management</strong></li></ol><ul><li>Cancelling an Order for Phone-in Customer</li><li>Cart and Checkout</li><li>Customer Support</li><li>Managing Customer Issues</li><li>Order Management</li><li>Order Processing with Backoffice Order Fulfillment Cockpit</li><li>Order Return Process</li><li>Placing an Order for a Phone-in Customer</li></ul>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Technical Basics</strong></li></ol><ul><li>Architecture</li><li>Automate Synchronization using Cron Jobs</li><li>Automation</li><li>Create a new User with Custom Access Rights</li><li>Data Validation</li><li>Internationalization</li><li>Intro to Data Validation</li><li>Reporting</li><li>Rule Engine</li><li>Security</li></ul>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>User Interfaces</strong></li></ol><ul><li>B2C Accelerator</li><li>Back Office</li><li>Business and Administration Tools</li><li>China Accelerator</li><li>Citizen Engagement Accelerator</li><li>Financial Services Accelerator</li><li>Mobile</li><li>SAP Hybris Accelerators</li><li>Travel Accelerator</li></ul><p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 20 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 20:36:55 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP HCM  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-hcm-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<strong>Course Content</strong><br
/><br
/>SAP INTRODUCTION<br
/>&nbsp;<ul><li>SAP ERP Introduction</li><li>SAP HCM Introduction</li><li>SAP SYSTEM Installation</li><li>Creation of System Access</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>ORGANIZATION MANAGEMENT<ul><li>HR structures.</li><li>Creation of Enterprise structure</li><li>Creation of Personal structure</li><li>Creation of Organization structure</li><li>Organization and Staffing Method</li><li>Simple Maintenance Method</li><li>Expert Mode, Matrix Structure</li><li>Objects, relationships</li><li>Reporting structure</li><li>Structure Reorganization</li><li>Account assignment</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>PERSONAL ADMINISTRATION<br
/>&nbsp;<ul><li>Concepts of Number range</li><li>Hr master data configuration</li><li>Overview of Infotype, subtypes</li><li>Configuration of Info group</li><li>Personnel Actions</li><li>Screen Modification</li><li>Overview of Infogroup modifier</li><li>Customizing the Features/ Decision Tree</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>TIME MANAGEMENT<br
/>&nbsp;<ul><li>Overview of Time management</li><li>Negative Time Recording.</li><li>Time evaluation</li><li>Time entitlement</li><li>Holiday Calendar</li><li>Work schedules concept</li><li>Absence and attendance quota&rsquo;s Generation</li><li>Configuration of rules such as counting rule</li><li>Rounding and configuration of reduction rules.</li><li>Deduction rules for quota generation</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>PAYROLL<br
/>&nbsp;<ul><li>Pay scale structure</li><li>Generation of payroll periods and Paydays</li><li>Creation of Payscale Structures</li><li>Concepts of Wage Type Group</li><li>Creations of wage types</li><li>Copy and creation of wage type groups</li><li>Processing class</li><li>Evaluation class</li><li>Cumulation of wage types</li><li>Overview of PCR Creation (Personal Calculation Rule)</li><li>Overview of Schema Functions and Operations</li><li>Off cycle payroll</li><li>Retroactive Accounting</li><li>Control record</li><li>Payroll Simulation</li><li>Creation of Remuneration Statement</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>RECRUITMENT<br
/>&nbsp;<ul><li>Applicant Master date configuration</li><li>Applicant number range</li><li>Applicant actions</li><li>Workforce requirement and advertising</li><li>Applicant administration</li><li>Applicant status creation</li><li>Applicant structure creation</li><li>Concepts of short profile</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>DISCUSSION<br
/>&nbsp;<ul><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Overview of Blueprint Preparation</li><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;User Testing</li><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Overview of ASAP Methodology</li><li>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Discussing Mock Certification Questions</li></ul><p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 20 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 20:15:00 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP FICO   - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-fico-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						Course is designed to become Successful SAP FICO Consultant with practical understanding of All Typical Business Process in SAP FICO.<br
/><br
/>SAP FICO is the Finance and Cost controlling module in SAP ERP where FI stands for Financial Accounting and CO stands for Controlling. SAP FICO module is very robust and covers almost all business process encountered in various industries. It is one of the very important and widely implemented modules in SAP.<br
/><br
/><br
/><strong>COURSE CONTENT: </strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>Part 1: </strong><strong>Enterprise Structure:</strong><br
/>Definition of company<br
/>Definition of company code<br
/>Assignment of company to company code<br
/>Definition of business area<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>Part 2: Financial Accounting Basic Settings</strong><br
/>Definition of fiscal year variant<br
/>Assignment of fiscal year variant to company code<br
/>Definition of posting period variant<br
/>Assignment of posting period variant to company code<br
/>Open and close posting period<br
/>Maintenance of field status variants<br
/>Assignment of field status variant to company code<br
/>Creation of chart of Accounts<br
/>Defining Accounts Groups<br
/>Defining Retained Earnings Account<br
/>Definition of tolerance groups for GL accounts<br
/>Definition of tolerance groups for employees<br
/>Assignment of tolerance groups to users<br
/>Taxes on Sales &amp; Purchases (input &amp; output)<br
/>Defining document type &amp; number ranges<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>PART 3: General Ledger Accounting:</strong><br
/>Creation of General Ledger Master (with and without reference)<br
/>Display/Change/Block/Unblock of general ledger master<br
/>Document Entry posting normal postings and posting with reference<br
/>Display and change of documents<br
/>Display of GL balances<br
/>Display GL account line items<br
/>Parked documents<br
/>Hold documents<br
/>Creation of Sample Document postingswith sample documents<br
/>Reversal of individual documents, mass reversal and reversal of reversed document<br
/>Month End Provisions -<br
/>Open item Management - Full clearing, Partial Clearing and Residual Clearing<br
/>Accrual and Deferral documents<br
/>Interest calculations on term loans<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>PART 4: Accounts Payable</strong><br
/>Creation of vendor account groups<br
/>Creation of number ranges for vendor master records<br
/>Assignment of number ranges to vendor account groups<br
/>Creation of tolerance group for vendors<br
/>Creation of vendor master (display/change/block/unblock of vendor master)<br
/>Posting of vendor transactions (invoice posting, payment posting, credit memo)<br
/>Display Vendor balances and G/L Balances<br
/>Configuration Settings for advance payments to Vendors (down payment)<br
/>Clearing of down payment against invoices (special GL transactions)<br
/>Posting of partial Payment &amp; Residual Payment<br
/>Creation of payment terms,<br
/>Creation of house banks and account ids.<br
/>Creation of check lots and Creation of void reasons<br
/>Maintenance of check register<br
/>Display check register<br
/>Cancellation of unissued checks<br
/>Cancellation of issued checks<br
/>posting of purchase returns<br
/>Configuration of automatic payment program<br
/>Defining correspondence &amp; party statement of accounts<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>PART 5: Accounts receivable:</strong><br
/>Creation of customer account groups<br
/>Creation of number ranges for customer master records<br
/>Assignment of number ranges for customer account groups<br
/>Creation of tolerance group for customers<br
/>Creation of customer master (display/change/block/unblock of vendor master)<br
/>Posting of customer transactions (sales invoice posting, payment posting, debit memo)<br
/>Display customer balances and G/L Balances<br
/>Configuration Settings for advance payment from customers (down payment)<br
/>Configuration settings for terms of payment to customers<br
/>Configuration of settings for dunning<br
/>Generating the dunning letters<br
/>Defining correspondence and party statement of accounts<br
/>Bills of exchange<br
/>Posting of sales returns<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>PART 6: Asset Accounting:</strong><br
/>Copy reference chart of depreciation<br
/>Assignment of chart of depreciation to company code<br
/>Creation of 0% tax codes for sales and purchases<br
/>Defining account determination<br
/>Definition of screen lay out rules<br
/>Definition of number ranges for asset master<br
/>Creation of asset classes<br
/>Integration with General Ledger &amp; Posting rules<br
/>Defining Depreciation key<br
/>Definition of multilevel methods<br
/>Definition of period control methods<br
/>Creation of main asset master records<br
/>Creation of sub asset master records<br
/>Posting the transactions for Acquisition of fixed assets<br
/>Depreciation run and Asset explorer<br
/>Sale of fixed assets - with customer and without customer<br
/>Transfer of assets<br
/>Impairment of assets<br
/>Scrapping of assets,<br
/>Line item Settlement of assets under construction of capital work in progress<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>PART 7: CONTROLLING</strong><br
/><strong>Basic settings for controlling</strong><br
/><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>Cost element accounting:</strong><br
/><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>Cost Center Accounting:</strong><br
/><br
/><strong>PART 8: INTERNAL ORDERS</strong><br
/>Define field status group for statistical orders<br
/>Creation of Primary cost element<br
/>Creation of internal order master records for statistical orders<br
/>Display internal order master records<br
/>Change internal order master records<br
/>Postings to internal orders<br
/>Planning for internal orders<br
/>Report of Variance analysis for internal orders<br
/>Real orders<br
/>Creation of real internal orders<br
/>Posting of business transaction to real orders<br
/>Definition of allocation structures<br
/>Definition of settlement profiles<br
/>Definition of planning profiles<br
/>Define number ranges for Settlement documents of real internal orders<br
/>Define number ranges for controlling documents.<br
/>Budgeting and availability control<br
/>Maintain number ranges for budgeting<br
/>Define tolerances for availability control<br
/>Specification of exempt cost elements from availability control<br
/>Maintenance of budget manager<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>Part 9:</strong><strong> Profit Center Accounting:</strong><br
/><br
/><strong>PART 10: Integration</strong><br
/><br
/><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>Part 11:</strong><strong> OVERVIEW PRODUCT COSTING</strong><br
/><strong>New General ledger accounting:</strong><br
/><strong>Reports:</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 15 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 30 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 20:08:00 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP EWM (Video-Based)  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-ewm-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						SAP EWM (Extended Warehouse Management) has developed and matured over time but there are still some myths about its functionality, usability and user interface. In this blog post, we will explore four such common myths to provide an objective assessment.<br
/><br
/>The high-performance SAP Extended Warehouse Management (SAP EWM) software is part of the SAP Supply Chain Execution Platform (SAP SCE) for supply chain management and meets the requirements of advanced warehouse logistics from simple and manual warehouses to highly complex warehouses. One of the outstanding features of SAP EWM is its&nbsp;high flexibility, which can be used to meet the numerous requirements of different warehouse ;Integrated material flow control&nbsp;and high scalability of the SAP software solution are genuine added values for companies. Due to continued development, EWM fulfils the most important criteria for flexibly meeting your business requirements in the future.<br
/><br
/>In complex warehouse and distribution centres the classic basic functionality of a warehouse management system is no longer sufficient &ndash; such as support of goods-in and goods-out, replenishment and inventory&nbsp;management. Additional functions supporting complex processes are required, such as cross-docking, returns processing, additional logistics services, and multi-customer warehouses.<br
/><br
/>SAP EWM is part of SAP Supply Chain Management (SAP SCM) and supports inventory management and movement of goods in warehouses. The multi-client warehouse management solution was designed for large distribution centers with complex and highly automated processes.<br
/><br
/><strong>Benefits using SAP EWM:-</strong><br
/><br
/>Extensive EWM functionalities that are scalable for any bearing size/type<br
/>Individual developments and specific process illustrations adapt to the requirements of your warehouse<br
/>Seamless integration of upstream and downstream business processes in S/4HANA or SAP ERP ECC <br
/>Integration scenarios along the entire supply chain possible<br
/>Different deployment options possible, whether Embedded (integrated), By-Side (decentralized) or Hybrid<br
/><br
/><strong>SAP EWM</strong><br
/><br
/><strong>WAREHOUSING STRUCTURES AND MASTER DATA</strong><ul><li>Differentiating the SAP Solutions for Warehouse Management</li></ul><ul><li>Outlining Organizational Structures</li></ul><ul><li>Maintaining Master Data for SAP EWM</li></ul><strong>BASIC PROCESSES IN SAP EWM</strong><ul><li>Processing Goods Received</li><li>Processing Goods for Shipping</li></ul><strong>WAREHOUSE MONITORING AND PROCESSING WITH MOBILE DEVICES</strong><ul><li>Managing the Warehouse</li></ul><ul><li>Applying Storage Control</li><li>Employing Serial Numbers</li><li>Processing Batches</li><li>Mapping Quality Inspection Processes</li><li>Applying Value-Added Services</li></ul><strong>WAREHOUSE ORGANIZATION</strong><ul><li>Performing Slotting</li><li>Applying Replenishment Methods</li><li>Performing a Physical Inventory</li></ul><strong>OPTIMIZATION OF RESOURCES</strong><ul><li>Applying Wave Management</li><li>Applying Labor Management</li><li>Executing the Production Supply Process</li><li>Executing Expected Goods Receipts Processes</li><li>Applying Cross Docking</li></ul><strong>WAREHOUSE EXTENSIONS</strong><ul><li>Planning the Shipping and Receiving of Products</li><li>Controlling the Material Flow System (MFS)</li></ul><strong>COMBINED INBOUND AND OUTBOUND PROCESSES</strong><ul><li>Executing an End-to-End Process with SAP EWM</li></ul><strong>THE EXTENDED WAREHOUSE MANAGEMENT (EWM) SYSTEM ENVIRONMENT</strong><ul><li>Outlining the Basics of EWM</li></ul><strong>INTEGRATION</strong><ul><li>Setting Up the Integration Between SAP ERP and SAP EWM</li><li>Setting Up Delivery Document Integration</li></ul><strong>STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AND MASTER DATA</strong><ul><li>Creating Structural Elements in EWM</li><li>Creating Storage Bins</li><li>Creating Work Centers</li><li>Transferring Master Data from ERP to EWM using the APO Core Interface</li><li>Creating Warehouse Product Master Data</li><li>Creating Packaging Specifications</li></ul><strong>WAREHOUSE PROCESS TYPES</strong><ul><li>Applying Warehouse Process Types</li></ul><strong>GOODS RECEIPT</strong><ul><li>Outlining Goods Receipt Processes in EWM</li><li>Setting Up Availability Groups for Inventory Management (IM)</li><li>Configuring Direct Putaway</li><li>Applying Putaway Rules</li><li>Checking Capacities</li></ul><strong>GOODS ISSUE</strong><ul><li>Outlining the Goods Issue Process in EWM</li><li>Applying the Stock Removal Strategies</li><li>Configuring Pick Denials</li><li>Processing Batch Managed Products in EWM</li><li>Combining Items in Waves</li><li>Implementing Two-Step Picking</li></ul><strong>STORAGE CONTROL</strong><ul><li>Outlining Storage Control</li><li>Configuring Process-Oriented Storage Control</li><li>Configuring Layout-Oriented Storage Control</li></ul><strong>WAREHOUSE ORDER CREATION</strong><ul><li>Creating Warehouse Orders</li></ul><strong>POSTING CHANGES, STOCK TRANSFERS, AND REPLENISHMENT</strong><ul><li>Performing Posting Changes and Stock Transfers</li><li>Performing Ad Hoc Movements and Replenishment</li></ul><strong>PHYSICAL INVENTORY</strong><ul><li>Outlining the Physical Inventory Process</li><li>Setting Up the Procedures for Physical Inventory</li></ul><strong>SLOTTING</strong><ul><li>Configuring the Slotting Process</li></ul><strong>POST PROCESSING FRAMEWORK (PPF)</strong><ul><li>Outlining the Post Processing Framework</li><li>Applying the Post Processing Framework in Delivery Processing</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 30 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 20:02:25 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP Cutover Management (Video-Based)  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-cutover-management-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<strong>SAP Cutover activities</strong><br
/><br
/>Learn the process and steps to be aware of while creating&nbsp;the cutover plan and cutover activity sheets. The dedicated trainer will guide you through all the activities for this phase. As each activity is completed, the aforementioned Cutover Activity Sheet is signed by the executor of that activity and turned into the project management function before any dependant activity can be started.<br
/>Training into different Areas of the Cutover Phase Training covers<ul><li>Freezing and releasing of legacy data</li><li>Exportation of legacy data into the conversion database input layer</li><li>Understanding of Master and Transaction Data</li><li>Writing the Data Migration Load programs through LSMW</li><li>Transposition of legacy data into the conversion database</li><li>Reconciliation of the production data to the Conversion Database</li><li>Copy converted data to different SAP System Landscapes</li></ul>Manual conversion of non-converted accounts.<br
/><br
/><br
/>Based on CUT-OVER strategy we GO-LIVE into the SAP system from legacy system.<br
/><br
/>BELOW ARE SOME STRATEGIES:-<br
/><br
/>Data migration strategy<br
/>Data segregation strategy<br
/>Data backup strategy<br
/>GO-LIVE critical and NON-GO-LIVE critical data<br
/>Transition strategy<br
/>Communication strategy<br
/>Blackout period<br
/>Dos and donts<br
/>Strategy for open and partially processed transactions<br
/>Other activities<br
/><br
/>The SAP Cutover Manager is a critical position within the SAP project and requires a dedicated professional to manage global business cutovers to ensure projects are delivered on time, in budget and with minimal business disruption.<br
/><br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 5 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 19:51:42 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP CO Controlling (Video-BAsed)  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-controlling-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						SAP Controlling (CO)&nbsp;is another important SAP module offered to organizations. It supports coordination, monitoring and optimization of all processes in the organization. With&nbsp;SAP CO, both the consumption of production factors and the services provided by the organization are ;SAP CO&nbsp;includes administration and configuration of master data covering cost and profit centers, internal procurement and other types of cost and functional areas.<br
/>&nbsp;The main objective of the SAP control module is planning. You can determine deviations by comparing actual data with planning data, and thus control the business processes in your company.<br
/><strong><em>SAP CO</em></strong> &ndash; Controlling is the support system to the Organization&rsquo;s Management in its decision making. Be it in terms of planning, monitoring, or reporting of the business processes. It assists in coordination, monitoring, and optimization of the business processes of the organization. SAP Controlling keeps &amp; records all the data regarding product consumption and services delivered by the organization.<br
/><br
/><em><strong>Major components of SAP Controlling:-</strong></em><br
/><br
/>Controlling Area &ndash; Overhead cost controlling<br
/><br
/>Cost Centers Accounting<br
/><br
/>Profit Centers Accounting<br
/><br
/>Internal Orders<br
/><br
/>Cost elements<br
/><br
/>Product Costing<br
/><br
/><br
/><br
/><strong>SAP CO</strong><ol><li><strong>Controlling Basic settings</strong></li><li>Define Controlling Area</li><li>Define Number Range for Controlling Area</li><li>Maintain Planning Version</li><li><strong>Cost Element Accounting</strong></li></ol><ol><li>Creation of Primary Cost Element from FI</li><li>Creation of Primary Cost Element from CO</li><li>Default Account Assignment</li><li>Creation of Activity Type</li><li>Creation of SKF</li></ol><ol><li><strong>Cost Center Accounting</strong></li></ol><ol><li>Cost Center Standard Hierarchy</li><li>Creation of Cost Center &amp; Cost Center Groups</li><li>Posting to Cost Centers</li><li>Re-posting of CO line items</li><li>Planning of Cost Centers</li><li>Overhead Calculation</li><li>Period End closing activities in cost center accounting &ndash; Assessment, Distribution, Periodic Re-posting, Activity Allocation</li></ol><ol><li><strong>CO Integration with Production planning</strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>BOM, Routing, Work Center MRP Run</strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>Multi-level Product Cost Controlling</strong></li></ol><ol><li>Introduction to Product Cost Controlling</li><li>Data Flow in Product Costing</li><li>Cost Objects</li><li>Define Cost Sheet</li><li>Product Cost Planning</li><li>Cost Estimate with Quantity Structure</li><li>Work in Progress Calculation</li><li>Standard Product Cost calculation</li><li>Actual Product Cost Calculation</li><li>Settlement of Variance to Accounts</li></ol><ol><li><strong>Unit Cost Estimate</strong></li></ol><ol><li>Base Planning Object</li><li>Material Cost Estimate without Quantity Structure</li></ol><ol><li><strong>Product Cost Planning with Quantity Structure</strong></li></ol><ol><li>Creation of Bill of Material</li><li>Define Overhead Keys</li><li>Creation of Activity Type Master Records</li><li>Planning for activity hours</li><li>Activity type price calculation</li><li>Creation of work center master records</li><li>Creation of Routing</li><li>Define Cost Sheet</li><li>Assignment of Cost sheet to costing variant</li><li>Creation of cost estimate with quantity structure</li><li>Marking</li><li>Releasing</li><li>Creation of Cost Estimate without quantity structure</li><li>Collective cost estimate</li></ol><ol><li><strong>CO-PA- Profitability Analysis</strong></li></ol><ul><li><strong>Account based COPA</strong></li><li><strong>Costing Based COPA</strong></li></ul><ol><li>Introduction to Profitability analysis</li><li>Data Flow in Profitability Analysis</li><li>Maintaining the operating concern</li><li>Assignment of Controlling area to operating concern</li><li>Activating the profitability analysis</li><li>Define number ranges for actual postings</li><li>Mapping of SD conditions types to COPA value fields</li><li>Maintain characteristics</li><li>Maintain Value Fields</li><li>Define Profitability segment characteristics</li><li>Maintain Characteristics</li><li>Define Characteristics Derivation</li><li>Define and Assign Valuation strategy</li><li>Define Keys for accessing material cost estimates</li><li>Assign costing keys to any characteristics</li><li>Assign Value Fields</li><li>Define Number Ranges for Planning Data</li><li>Maintain Versions</li><li>Assign Quantity Fields</li><li>Define PA Transfer Structure</li><li>Direct Posting from FI/MM</li><li>Value Flow from Cost Center to COPA</li><li>Value Flow from Internal Order to COPA</li><li>Value Flow from Production Order to COPA</li><li>COPA Summarization</li></ol><ol><li><strong>Internal Orders</strong></li></ol><ol><li>Use of Internal Order Types</li><li>Settlement Profile</li><li>Planning Profile</li><li>Budget Profile</li><li>Tolerance for Budgeting and availability control</li><li>Order Types</li><li>Real Orders and statistical Orders</li><li>Creation of secondary cost elements for Internal and External settlement</li><li>Planning for Internal Orders</li><li>Entering Budget Information</li><li>Actual Data posting</li><li>Displaying Internal Order information</li><li>Displaying Budget control availability</li><li>Internal Order to AUC settlement</li><li>AUC to Asset Settlement</li><li>Internal Order with Investment management</li><li>Information Reports</li><li>Settlement of Real Internal Orders to Cost Centers</li></ol><ol><li><strong>Profit Center Accounting</strong></li></ol><ol><li>Basic settings for Profit Center Accounting</li><li>Creation of Profit Centers</li><li>Maintenance of control Parameters for Actual Postings</li><li>Maintaining planning versions for profit centers</li><li>Maintaining the number ranges for profit center documents</li><li>Creation of profit center master records</li><li>Display of profit center master records</li><li>Automatic Assignment of Revenue elements for Profit Centers</li><li>Assignment of profit centers in cost center master records</li><li>Creation of account groups in profit center accounting for planning</li><li>Planning for profit and loss account items</li><li>Planning for balance sheet items</li><li>Posting of transactions into profit centers</li><li>Generating the variance reports for profit and loss account items</li><li>Generating the variance reports for balance sheet items</li><li>Derivation rules creation for revenue elements</li><li>Derivation rules creation for Balance Sheet accounts</li><li>Document Splitting</li></ol><ol><li><strong>Product Cost by Order</strong></li></ol><ol><li>Define Costing Variant</li><li>Check Costing Variant to Manufacturing Orders</li><li>Define Goods Received Valuation for Order Delivery</li></ol><ol><li><strong>&nbsp;Work in Process Calculation</strong></li></ol><ol><li>Define Result Analysis Keys</li><li>Define Cost Elements for WIP Calculation</li><li>Define Result Analysis Versions</li><li>Define Valuation Methods (Actual Cost)</li><li>Define Line IDS</li><li>Define Assignments</li><li>Define Update</li><li>Define Posting Rules for Setting work in Process</li></ol><ol><li><strong>Variance Calculation</strong></li></ol><ol><li>Define Variance Keys</li><li>Define Default variance Keys for Plants</li><li>Define Target Cost Version</li><li>Assign Variance Key in Material Master</li></ol><ol><li><strong>Settlement</strong></li></ol><ol><li>Create Settlement Profile</li><li>Create PA Transfer Structure</li><li>Maintain Number Ranges for Settlement Documents</li></ol><ol><li><strong>Actual Costing with Material Ledger</strong></li></ol><ol><li>Activate Valuation Areas for Material Ledger</li><li>Assign Currency Types to Material Ledger Type</li><li>Assign Material Ledger Types to Valuation Area</li><li>Maintain Number Ranges for Material Ledger Documents</li><li>Activate Actual Costing</li><li>Assignment of Accounts for Automatic Posting</li></ol>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 5 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 19:45:54 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP BW4/HANA (Video-Based)  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-bw4-hana-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						SAP BW/4HANA&nbsp;is SAP&rsquo;s next-generation data warehouse solution. It is a new product from SAP (not a legal successor of any existing SAP Business Warehouse solution), built entirely on one of the most advanced in-memory platforms.<br
/><br
/>SAP BW4/HANA&nbsp;provides a simple set of objects that are well suited for modelling an agile and flexible layered architecture of a modern data warehouse.<br
/><br
/>SAP BW/4HANA&nbsp;manages all sorts of data, whether from SAP applications or other systems, structured or unstructured, and allows accessing of all models through an open SQL interface.<br
/><br
/><br
/><em><strong>Key features and benefits of SAP&nbsp;BW/4HANA solution include:</strong></em><br
/><br
/>Simplifies and speeds up data modeling by using reusable master data with texts, hierarchies, and navigational attributes<br
/><br
/>Improves jobs scheduling and monitoring via process chains<br
/>Offers a simplified approach to modeling and multi-temperature architecture.<br
/><br
/>Provides non-cumulative modeling for inventory management and headcount.<br
/><br
/>Makes available business content for SAP originating models<br
/>Offers an analytics manager for faster development of complex queries.<br
/><br
/>Cloud and on premise deployment.<br
/><br
/>Simplified modelling and administration.<br
/><br
/>Integration with SAP and non-SAP applications.<br
/><br
/>Intuitive user experience.<br
/><br
/>Simplify the provisioning of timely business insights.<br
/><br
/>Capitalize on the full value of all your data.<br
/><br
/>Innovate with one trusted source for all insights.<br
/><br
/>Simplified modelling and administration.<br
/><br
/>Integration with SAP and non-SAP applications.<br
/><br
/>High-volume, real-time data processing.<br
/><br
/>Improved user experience.<br
/><br
/><br
/><strong><em>SAP BW/4HANA:-</em></strong><ul><li><strong>Getting started</strong><ul><li>SAP HANA</li><li>SAP BW/4HANA</li><li>SAP BW/4HANA Modeling Tools in Eclipse and SAP BW/4HANA Cockpit</li></ul></li><li><strong>Paths to SAP BW/4HANA</strong><ul><li>Overview with additional details for In-Place Conversion as well as Remote Conversion.</li></ul></li><li><strong>SAP HANA Modeling</strong><ul><li>SAP HANA native Modeling of Calculation Views</li></ul></li><li><strong>Modeling and Running the SAP BW/4HANA Data Warehouse</strong><ul><li>InfoObject Enhancements</li><li>Advanced DataStore-Objects</li><li>Composite Providers</li><li>BAdI-Providers</li><li>HANA-optimized Transformations</li><li>Process Chain Enhancements</li><li>HANA-optimized Analytic Manager</li><li>HANA Analysis Processes</li><li>Changes regarding Authorizations</li><li>SAP BW/4HANA Statistical Analysis based on ABAP CDS Views</li><li>SAP BW/4HANA Tool Collection</li></ul></li><li><strong>Modeling with SAP&acute;s Reference Architecture LSA++</strong><ul><li>Review of Layered Scalable Architecture (LSA)</li><li>From LSA to LSA++: Streamline Core Layers</li><li>LSA++: Open Operational Data Store Layer based on Open ODS Views</li><li>LSA++: BW/4HANA Workspaces</li></ul></li><li><strong>Hybrid Modeling in Mixed Scenarios</strong><ul><li>Generation of external HANA-Views for BW/4HANA Objects</li><li>Modeling Mixed Scenarios</li><li>SAP BW/4HANA Content Add-On</li><li>Use case for Mixed Scenarios: SAP Predictive Analytics (optional)</li></ul></li><li><strong>SAP BW/4HANA Data Lifecycle Management</strong><ul><li>Multi-Temperature Data Management</li><li>SAP BW/4HANA Data Tiering Optimization</li><li>Additional Tiering Concepts</li></ul></li><li><strong>Data Provisioning into SAP HANA and SAP BW/4HANA</strong><ul><li>Overview of Data Provisioning Methods into SAP HANA</li><li>SAP LT Replication into SAP HANA</li><li>SAP HANA Smart Data Access</li><li>SAP HANA Smart Data Integration incl. real-time Streaming</li><li>Operational Data Provisioning into SAP BW/4HANA based on SAP Extractors, ABAP CDS Views, HANA Information Views and BW InfoProviders</li><li>Integration of Big Data</li></ul></li></ul><p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 30 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 19:41:17 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP BPC (Video-Based)  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-bpc-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<strong>Course Content</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>BPC-BASICS</strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ul><li>BPC - BW Overview</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>BW BPC Integration</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Introduction and Architecture Overview</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Parameters setting for Environment &amp; Models</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Environment Creation</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Model Creation and Relationship with Other Models</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Dimension Maintenance - Mandatory Dimensions</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Dimension Members and Properties</li></ul>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>DATA LOAD &amp; MANIPULATIONS</strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ul><li>Data Manager Packages</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Advance Scripting in DM Packages</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Data Load Via Flat Files</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Data Load Via Info Providers</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Transformation File - Flat File Load</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Transformation File - BW Data Load</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Conversion File - Single File</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Multiple Conversions in Single File - BW Data Load</li></ul>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>LOGIC - BPC</strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ul><li>Script Logic Online Execution</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Script Logic Central Execution</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Default Logic</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>TEMPLATE CREATION &amp; USAGE IN BPC</strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ul><li>Use the New Formatting concept of EPM Formatting Sheets</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Building Input forms - Excel Based</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Building Report forms - Excel Based</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Multi Reports - Rolling Forecast With Actual &amp; forecast Dynamically Changing</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Important EPM Functions</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Spread, Trend &amp; Weight Functions</li></ul>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>BPC - WEB</strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ul><li>Library</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Workspaces</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Business Process F lows</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Data Audit configuration &amp; Reports</li><li>Activity Audit Configuration</li><li>Comments</li></ul>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>LOCKING OF DATA &amp; AUTHORISATION PROCESS</strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ul><li>Work Status - Environment Level</li><li>Live Demo on Data Entry by user &amp; Locking of Data Manager</li><li>Work Status - Application Level</li></ul>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>BPC - BW Related Topics</strong></li></ol><ul><li>Data Validation</li><li>Back Up &amp; Restore Environment</li><li>UJ File Services - To check the BPC Scripting</li></ul>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>MS WORD &amp; POWER POINT</strong></li></ol><ul><li>Input Template</li><li>Report Template</li></ul>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>CONSOLIDATIONS</strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ul><li>Basic Introduction to Consolidation</li><li>Models Required for Consolidation</li><li>Dimensions required for consolidation</li><li>Business Rule Table Maintenance</li><li>Global Parameters for Consolidation</li><li>Model Level Parameters for Consolidation</li></ul>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>ADVANCED CONSOLIDATION CONCEPTS</strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ul><li>Currency Conversion</li><li>Balance Carried forward</li><li>Inter Company Elimination</li><li>Re Classification of Data</li><li>Ownership data maintenance - Web Screen</li><li>Maintenance of Percentage of ownership data , PCON</li><li>Method for Consolidation</li><li>Method based Multipliers for Consolidation</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>JOURNALS</strong></li></ol><ul><li>Journal template - Model Level</li><li>Multiple Header Journal</li><li>Multiple Value Journals</li><li>Re-Opening Of Journal &amp; Parameter Setting</li><li>Journal parameter Setting</li><li>Balancing Journals - By Amount / Entity / Currency</li><li>Journal Reporting</li><li>Posting/UnPosting Of Journals</li><li>Locking the Journals</li></ul><ol><li><strong>SECURITY</strong></li></ol>&nbsp;<ul><li>BPC Users Maintenance</li><li>Teams</li><li>Tasks Profile Creation</li><li>Data Access Profile Creation</li><li>Assignment of Security to Users/ Teams</li><li>Demo on Security - Live Example</li></ul><ol><li><strong>TRANSPORTS</strong><ul><li>Object Level transport</li></ul></li></ol>&nbsp;<ol><li><strong>PLANNING DEMO</strong><ul><li>Comprehensive Planning</li></ul></li></ol><p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 30 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 19:31:19 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP Ariba Sourcing (Video-Based)  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-ariba-sourcing-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						The &quot;SAP Certified Application Associate - SAP Ariba Sourcing&quot; exam validates that the candidate possesses the fundamental and core knowledge required of the SAP Ariba Sourcing Associate Application Consultant profile. This certification proves that the candidate has an overall understanding and necessary technical skills to participate as a member of a project team in a mentored role.<br
/><br
/>With the SAP Ariba Strategic Sourcing solution portfolio, you can manage your entire sourcing, contracting, and spend analysis processes for all types of spend &ndash; direct and indirect materials as well as services &ndash; all in one place. Integrated into your execution and procurement processes,&nbsp;<br
/><br
/>SAP Ariba makes it easier for the businesses to function efficiently in today&rsquo;s digital economy. It is a cloud-based product from SAP, which facilitates effective supply chain management and customer relationship management. An increasing number of businesses are relying upon SAP Ariba to manage their suppliers. Needless to say, there is a widespread demand for the SAP Ariba skills in the job market. The professionals possessing these skills are earning lucrative paychecks.<br
/><br
/><br
/><em>SAP Ariba sourcing also helps in :-</em><br
/><br
/>Aggregate and classify all purchases, company-wide<br
/><br
/>Gain visibility, segment spend, and identify savings opportunities<br
/><br
/>Standardize source-to-contract processes across teams and business units<br
/><br
/>Drive materials cost savings and optimization across all spend categories<br
/><br
/><strong>SAP Ariba Sourcing &ndash; Course Content&nbsp;</strong><ul><li>Introduction</li><li>Templates and Projects</li><li>Creating Events</li><li>Working with Excel</li><li>Scoring and Grading</li><li>Awarding and Optimization</li><li>Contracts and Sourcing Requests</li><li>Creating Auctions</li></ul>SAP added the direct sourcing function wherein the PLM/ERP system can be integrated with Ariba sourcing to receive the requirements from exploded BOM. All such requirements will then be sourced by using Ariba sourcing and rest of the procurement process will be followed in Ariba or SAP back end.<br
/>ERP planning systems getting integrated to ASN to get the commit from Supplier over planning forecast to confirm future receipt else on uncommitted demand, planner can take advance action to avoid supply disruptions.<br
/><br
/>SAP Ariba Sourcing solution supports a closed-loop, digital, source-to-contract process for sourcing direct and indirect materials using superior tools, expertise, and information. Process efficiencies can be created across all spend categories along with increased spend management in a single strategic sourcing solution that integrates with the organization&#39;s ERP system.<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 10 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 19:21:24 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP Ariba - Procurement (Video Based)  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-ariba-procurement-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						SAP Ariba is a cloud-based innovative solution that allows suppliers and buyers to connect and do business on a single platform.<br
/><br
/>SAP Ariba digitally transforms your supply chain, procurement and contract management process.<br
/><br
/>SAP Ariba is a cloud-based innovative solution that allows suppliers and buyers to connect and do business on a single platform. It improves over all vendor management system of an organization by providing less costly ways of procurement and making business simple. Ariba acts as supply chain, procurement service to do business globally. SAP Ariba digitally transforms your supply chain, procurement and contract management process.<br
/><br
/><em><strong>Key Features of SAP Ariba:-</strong></em><br
/><br
/>With SAP Ariba, you can directly connect Ariba network with millions of suppliers meeting your business needs and managing supply chain.<br
/><br
/>SAP Ariba network removes overall complexity in procurement process and suppliers and buyers can manage all key terms of vendor management on a single network.<br
/><br
/>With acquisition of SAP, Ariba can easily integrate with different SAP ERP solutions like SAP ECC and S/4 HANA with easy to configure workflows to automate different processes in complete procurement cycle.<br
/><br
/>You can easily integrate master and transactional data from different ERP solution to Ariba processes.<br
/><br
/><em><strong>Course Content:-</strong></em><ul><li>Procurement Introduction</li><li>Requisition Lifecycle</li><li>Accounting and Approval</li><li>Collaborative Reqs and Demand Aggregation</li><li>Catalog Introduction</li><li>Loading Catalogs</li><li>Receiving</li><li>Invoicing</li><li>Contract Compliance Intro</li><li>Release and No-release Contracts</li><li>New Features for SAP Ariba Buying and Invoicing - part 1</li><li>New Features for SAP Ariba Buying and Invoicing - part 2</li></ul><strong>course on SAP Ariba Procurement.</strong><br
/><br
/>This is self-paced training conducted with SAP Ariba video ;<br
/>By the end of this training you will:<br
/>Acquire the relevant knowledge required to clear the SAP certification exam for SAP Ariba procurement<br
/>Understand the core concepts of SAP Ariba module with focus on Ariba procurement<br
/>Be able to apply the knowledge learned to progress in your career as SAP Ariba consultant.<br
/><br
/><strong>Course Objective</strong><br
/><br
/>SAP Ariba Procurement Online Certification Course is intentionally created to make you a specialist in utilizing Ariba cloud-based globally spread network and learn the needful from procurement software for implementing, configuring and maintaining buying and clearing process.<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 10 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 19:14:50 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP Ariba Contract Management (Video)  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-ariba-contract-management-video-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						Ariba Contract Management solutions are designed to help you overcome these challenges by providing full visibility into contracts, enhancing compliance and reporting, and streamlining the contracting and administration processes. With support for all agreement types, online authoring and negotiation features, and automated performance tracking, alerts, and reporting capabilities, Ariba Contracts helps maximize the value of contractual agreements and improve compliance<br
/><br
/>It provides cloud-based procurement, spend management and supply chain services that enable suppliers and buyers to connect and do business globally. Ariba Contract Management is an end-to-end solution designed to eliminate the paper and ink from the creation, execution, and management of any type of contractual agreement. With Ariba Contract Management, companies can strengthen operational, contractual, and regulatory compliance.<br
/><br
/>SAP Ariba Contract Management is currently used in my company to house all the contracts and the associated documents as per the plan of record. This is where we house the documents and also initiate a number of tasks including getting the documents signed, etc. This addresses the need for a system that can be assessed throughout the organization.<br
/><br
/><em><strong>Course Content:-</strong></em><ul><li>Contracts Introduction</li><li>Workspaces</li><li>Working on Contracts</li><li>Approving and Executing</li><li>Managing Amendments</li><li>Search-Delete and Contract Requests</li><li>Main Agreements</li><li>Clause Library</li></ul>With this SAP Ariba Contract Management course by Uplatz, you&rsquo;ll learn how to manage contracts in SAP Ariba. Ariba Contract Management is well integrated with Ariba network and hence sharing contractual documents and information is easy and ;Get step-by-step instructions for implementing SAP Ariba Contracts. Understand the contract strategies for indirect procurement; then learn to create, consume, and amend contracts. Some of the key highlights are:<ul><li>Discover how SAP Ariba Contracts handles indirect procurement</li><li>Create and manage contracts, including electronic signatures</li><li>Set up SAP Ariba Contracts, from creating templates to defining timelines</li></ul><p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 10 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 19:10:19 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP Ariba Administration (Video-Based)  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-ariba-administration-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						SAP Ariba&nbsp;administrators responsible for adding and maintaining master data that&#39;s common to all&nbsp;SAP Ariba Procurement solutions, such as users, suppliers, and accounting information.<br
/><br
/><br
/><br
/>In SAP Ariba, administrators and users perform different roles. Administrators of Ariba system perform the following responsibilities &minus;<br
/>Account configuration and management &ndash; registering new accounts in SAP Ariba network.<br
/>Handle account login issues and act as primary contact for Ariba users.<br
/>Creating new roles in Ariba system.<br
/>Linked to user name and login entered during registration.<br
/><br
/><strong>COURSE DETAILS &amp; CURRICULUM</strong><ul><li>Administration Overview</li><li>Master and Transactional Data - part 1</li><li>Master and Transactional Data - part 2</li><li>User Manager</li><li>Supplier-Customer Manager</li><li>Customization and P2P Manager</li><li>Project Manager</li><li>Approval Rules</li><li>Dashboard Templates</li><li>Template Basics</li><li>Advanced Template Functionality</li></ul>SAP Ariba Administration software, an important component of SAP Ariba suite, allows administrators and users to perform different roles on Ariba system, key ones amongst them are:<br
/>a) Account configuration and management &ndash; registering new accounts in SAP Ariba network,<br
/>b) Handle account login issues and act as primary contact for Ariba users,<br
/>c) Creating new roles in Ariba system,<br
/>d) Linked to user name and login entered during registration.<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 10 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 18:58:41 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP ABAP   - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-sap-abap-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						The SAP Advanced Business Application Programming (ABAP) is a high-level programming language that is an integral part of the ERP (Enterprise Resource Planning) system. With this course, you will hone your programming skills on the SAP NetWeaver platform. Additionally, you will gain proficiency with SAP&rsquo;s software tools to develop forms and customized reports to provide an efficient workflow for analyzing data as per your business requirements.<br
/><br
/><br
/>ABAP is a programming language that runs in the SAP ABAP runtime environment, created and used by SAP for the development of application programs including:<br
/><br
/>Reports<br
/>Module Pool Programming<br
/>Interfaces<br
/>Forms<br
/>Data conversions<br
/>User Exits &amp; BADI.<br
/><br
/><br
/>ABAP (Advanced Business Application Programming), is a fourth-generation programming language, used for development and customization purposes in the SAP software. Currently positioned along with Java, as the main language for SAP application server programming, most of the programs are executed under the control of the run-time system. This tutorial explains the key concepts of SAP ABAP.<br
/><br
/><br
/><br
/><em><strong>Course Curriculum:-</strong></em><br
/><br
/>1. Introduction to ABAP/4<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Introduction to ERP<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Introduction to SAP/3, ABAP/4<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; ABAP Editor<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; System Landscapes<br
/>&nbsp;3 - Landscapes<br
/>&nbsp;4 - Landscapes<br
/><br
/>&nbsp;2 - Landscapes<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Data Types &amp; Keywords<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Output Statements<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Arithmetic Operations<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Relational Operations<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Writing Small Programs<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; String Operations<br
/>&nbsp; Translate<br
/>&nbsp; Condense<br
/>&nbsp; Concatenate<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Control Statements<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Selection Screens<br
/>&nbsp; Parameters<br
/>&nbsp; Select-Options<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Open SQL Statements (Insert, Modify, Delete, Update)<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Simple Reporting<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>2. Transport Organizer &amp; Package Builder<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Why to Transport?<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creation of a Task<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; What is a Transport Request?<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Releasing of Request<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Package Creation<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>3. Data Dictionary<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creation of Database Tables<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Data Element &amp; Data Domain<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Structures &amp; Table Types<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Search Helps<br
/>&nbsp; Elementary Search Help<br
/>&nbsp; Collective Search Help<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creation of Views<br
/>&nbsp; Database View<br
/>&nbsp; Projection View<br
/>&nbsp; Maintenance View<br
/>&nbsp; Help View<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Type Groups<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creation of Foreign Keys<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Check &amp; Value Tables<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>4. Reporting<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Debugging Techniques<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Pillars of ABAP<br
/>&nbsp; Work Area<br
/>&nbsp; Internal Table<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Modularization Techniques<br
/>&nbsp; Sub-Routines<br
/>&nbsp; Includes<br
/>&nbsp; Function Modules<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; For All Entries &amp; Joins<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Events for Classical Reports<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Events for Interactive Reports<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Types of Messages &amp; Message Class Creation<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>5. ABAP List Viewer<br
/>Introduction to ABAP List Viewer<br
/>Types of ABAP List Viewer<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Function Module for List Display<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Function Module for Grid Display<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Interactive ALV (SLIS)<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>6. Interfaces<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Introduction to Cross Applications<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Working with RFC Function Modules<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Overview of Business Objects<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creation of Business Objects<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creation of BAPI<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>7. Conversion<br
/>Why Data Transfer?<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Introduction to BDC<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Recording a Transaction<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Methods in BDC<br
/>&nbsp; Call Transaction<br
/>&nbsp; Session Method<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Flat File Creation<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Uploading Data<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; LSMW (Legacy System Migration Workbench)<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>8. Enhancements<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Introduction to Enhancements<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; User Exits<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Customer Exits<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Introduction to BAdIs (Business Add Ins)<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Implementation of a BAdI<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Overview of Enhancement Spots, Enhancement Sections, Enhancement Implementations, Class Enhancements<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>9. Forms (Scripts &amp; SMARTFORMS)<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Introduction to Scripts<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Layout Sets<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; SAP Scripts Elements<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Logo Inclusions<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Working with SMARTFORMS<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Standard Text<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Graphics Managements<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Writing Print Programs &amp; Designing Layouts<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Output Type Configuration to Standard Orders<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>10. Object Oriented ABAP<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Fundamentals of Object Orientation<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Introduction to Local Classes &amp; Methods<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Importance of Access Specifiers<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Simple Reporting using Local Classes &amp; Methods<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Introduction to Global Classes &amp; Interfaces<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Uses of Global Classes in Reports<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>11. Module Pool Programming<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Introduction to Module Pool<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Flow Logic<br
/>&nbsp; PAI (Process After Input)<br
/>&nbsp; PBO (Process Before Output)<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Screen Designing<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Programming in Object Browser<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creation of Table Controls<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Dynamic Screens<br
/>&nbsp; Call Screen<br
/>&nbsp; Set Screen<br
/>&nbsp; Leave to Screen<br
/>&nbsp; Leave Screen<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>12. Sales &amp; Distribution Flow<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Sales Cycles<br
/>&nbsp; Inquiry<br
/>&nbsp; Quotation<br
/>&nbsp; Purchase Order (MM)<br
/>&nbsp; Sales Order<br
/>&nbsp; Delivery<br
/>&nbsp; Billing<br
/>&nbsp; Returning Customer<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 30 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 18:51:38 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[Project Management Fundamentals (Video-Based)  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-project-management-fundamentals-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						Project Management is the application of knowledge, skills, tools and techniques to project activities to meet project requirements.<br
/>Project management is accomplished through the use of the processes such as:<br
/><br
/>Initiating<br
/><br
/>Planning<br
/><br
/>Executing<br
/><br
/>Monitor and Controlling<br
/><br
/>Closing.<br
/><br
/>A program consists of a group of related projects and Program management is the process of managing multiple on going projects. An example would be that of designing, manufacturing and providing support infrastructure for an automobile make.<br
/><br
/>We need project management to manage projects effectively and drive them to success. Project Management starts with the decision to start a project upon weighing its need and viability. Once a project starts, it is crucial to watch the project progress at every step so as to ensure it delivers what all is required, in the stipulated time, within the allocated budget.<br
/><br
/><strong>Project Management Fundamentals course curriculum</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>1. Introduction<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Introduction<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Changes introduced in 6th Edition<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Maintaining your certification<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>2. Foundation Elements<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Foundation Elements<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Projects<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The Importance of Project Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Relationship of Project, Program, Portfolio Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Components of the PMBOK Guide<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Tailoring<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Project Management Business Documents<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>3. Environments in which Projects Operate<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Environments in which Projects Operate<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Enterprise Environmental Factors<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Organisational Process Assets<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Organizational Systems<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>4. The Role of a Project Manager<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The Role of the Project manager<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Project manager competencies<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Leadership vs Management<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>5. Project Integration Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Project Integration Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Develop Project Charter<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Develop Project Management Plan<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Direct and Manage Project Work<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Manage Project Knowledge<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Monitor and Control Project Work<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Perform Integrated Change Control<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Close Project or Phase<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>6. Project Scope Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Project Scope Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Plan Scope Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Collect Requirements<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Define Scope<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Create WBS<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Validate Scope<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Control Scope<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>7. Project Schedule Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Project Schedule Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Plan Schedule Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Define Activities<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Sequence Activities<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Estimate Activity Duration<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Develop Schedule<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Control Schedule<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>8. Project Cost Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Project Cost Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Plan Cost Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Estimate Costs<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Determine Budget<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Control Costs<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>9. Project Quality Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Project Quality Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Plan Quality Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Manage Quality<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Control Quality<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>10. Project Resource Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Project Resource Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Plan Resource Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Estimate Activity Resources<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Acquire Resources<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Develop Team<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Manage Team<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Control Resources<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>11. Project Communication Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Project Communication Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Plan Communication Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Manage Communication<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Monitor Communication<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>12. Project Risk Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Project Risk Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Plan Risk Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Identify Risks<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Perform Qualitative Risk Analysis<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Perform Quantitative Risk Analysis<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Plan Risk Responses<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Implement Risk Responses<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Monitor Risks<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>13. Project Procurement Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Project Procurement Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Plan Procurement Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Conduct Procurement<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Control Procurement<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>14. Project Stakeholder Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Project Stakeholder Engagement Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Identify Stakeholders<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Plan Stakeholder Engagements<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Manage Stakeholder Engagement<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Monitor Stakeholder Engagement<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>15. Ethical and Professional Conduct<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Ethics and Professional Conduct<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Responsibility<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Respect<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Fairness<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 10 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 18:43:38 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[Oracle Forms (Video-Based)  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-oracle-forms-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						Oracle forms and reports course training gives you in-depth knowledge on topics like Grid Computing, Oracle 10g Products, Oracle Application Server 10g Architecture, Property palette, creation of text items and radio groups, adding functionality to items, query triggers and so on. To facilitate proper timing and have flexible learning, you have Oracle Forms and Reports online weekend course. You can work on industries like Banking, Financial Services, Health care, Government Administration on completing Oracle forms and reports course.<br
/><br
/><br
/>Oracle Forms and Reports Certification Online Training Course from Besant Technologies helps anyone to quickly construct scalable, high-performance web applications. Through this training, you will get a detailed knowledge on PL/SQL, PL/SQL structures, Stored procedures, packages, Triggers, create form modules, Data Blocks, frames, Input, and non-input items and many more to go<br
/><br
/>This Oracle Forms will teach you how to use Oracle Forms to design the front-end design and coding for back-end processing. You will be using PL/SQL programming to create Program units to process data held in Oracle database.<br
/><br
/><strong><em>Course Content :-</em></strong><br
/><br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Introduction to Oracle Forms<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Triggers and Alerts and Editors<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; LOV and Record Group<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Master Detail Form<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Menu<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Visual Attribute and Property Class<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Program Units and PL-SQL Libraries<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Parameters<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><br
/>Oracle Forms is a component of Oracle Apps Middleware and is used for creating screens that interact with an Oracle database. It has an Integrated Development Environment (IDE) including an object navigator, code editor and property sheet that uses PL/SQL programming language.<br
/><br
/><br
/>Oracle Forms is a long-established technology to design and build enterprise applications quickly and efficiently. Many mid-to-large size enterprise applications across industries are built on Oracle Forms.<br
/><br
/>Oracle Apps Forms/Templates and Reports module makes you understand the designing of reports and forms using Oracle Apps. Oracle Forms Developer is used to develop a form that can access an Oracle database and present the data. In summary, Oracle Forms is a layer of software for creating user interface (screens) that interact with an Oracle database.<br
/><br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 10 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 15:02:57 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[Oracle DBA (Video-Based)  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/oracle-dba-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						Database Administrators (DBAs) are responsible for the design, implementation, support and maintenance of computerized databases in today&rsquo;s organizations.<br
/><br
/>The role also includes architecting, building and scaling databases for future data growth and capacity. They are also responsible for security, performance and availability of data to users and customers.<br
/><br
/>All the above tasks are performed with the help of a Database Management System (DBMS) and the leading and most widely used DBMS across the world today are the Oracle Database, Microsoft SQL Server, MySQL database etc. Out of the three DBMS technologies, Oracle Database is the most popular and widely used database in the world today.<br
/><br
/>Oracle consists of various software mechanisms to achieve maximized data concurrency, high performance, and maximum productivity for a multi-user database environment.<br
/><br
/>&#39;Oracle Database Administration for Absolute Beginners&#39; course explains about the basic concepts of Relational Database Management Systems (RDBMS). It will help you to become an Oracle Database Administrator(Oracle DBA).<br
/><br
/>Database Administrator is one of the highly sought after jobs in the IT industry. It is also one of the highly stable jobs as DATA is a vital part of every organization and they need that to be in the capable hands of a good DBA team.<br
/>.<br
/><em><strong>Some of the key features of Oracle DBA are as follows:</strong></em><br
/><br
/>Database administration is not the task of a single person but handled by a group of specialists.<br
/><br
/>It is the first-ever database suitable for enterprise grid computing.<br
/><br
/>It works on grid-based architecture.<br
/><br
/><em><strong>Course curriculum:-</strong></em><br
/><br
/><strong>Introduction to Linux</strong><ul><li>History of Linux</li><li>Components of Linux</li><li>Linux Basic Commands</li><li>File permission to users</li></ul><strong>Introduction to DBMS</strong><ul><li>&nbsp;What is a database?</li><li>&nbsp;History of Oracle database</li><li>&nbsp;Role of a Database Administrator</li></ul><strong>Basic SQL</strong><ul><li>&nbsp;What are DML, DDL and DCL Statement</li><li>&nbsp;Examples on DML, DDL and DCL</li><li>&nbsp;Creation of Table, Views, Sequence, Synonyms &amp; Index</li></ul><strong>Oracle Database Architecture</strong><ul><li>&nbsp;Detail explanation on components of an Oracle database architecture</li><li>&nbsp;Oracle database memory and process architecture</li></ul><strong>Installing Oracle database software (11g R2)</strong><ul><li>&nbsp;Pre-requisites for a successful Oracle software installation</li><li>&nbsp;Installation of oracle software using GUI and Manual Method</li><li>&nbsp;Installation of Oracle 11g R2 database software</li></ul><strong>Oracle Database Creation</strong><ul><li>&nbsp;Introduction</li><li>&nbsp;Planning for an Oracle database creation</li><li>&nbsp;Creating an Oracle database using the MANUAL method</li><li>&nbsp;Creating an Oracle database using the GUI Tool (DBCA)</li><li>&nbsp;Startup and Shutdown Methods</li><li>&nbsp;Best practices using OFA for database creation</li></ul><strong>Database Storage Management</strong><ul><li>&nbsp;Introduction</li><li>&nbsp;Tablespaces creation methods</li><li>&nbsp;Datafiles creation methods</li><li>&nbsp;How to resize/rename the tablespace/datafiles</li><li>&nbsp;How to Change the location of datafiles</li><li>&nbsp;Redolog file architecture and best practices</li><li>&nbsp;How to resize/rename the redolog file</li><li>&nbsp;Benefits of Archiving, how to enable/disable Archivelog mode for a database</li><li>&nbsp;Temporary tablespaces and temporary tablespace groups</li></ul><strong>Oracle Networking</strong><ul><li>&nbsp;Oracle listener &amp; TNS configuration using NETMGR</li><li>&nbsp;Managing &amp; Distributing by using DB-link concept</li><li>&nbsp;Oracle database connections from other systems</li><li>&nbsp;Oracle Shared server Dispatcher &amp; Architecture</li></ul><strong>User Administration and Security</strong><ul><li>&nbsp;Create database users</li><li>&nbsp;Database resource management (User&rsquo;s Profile and Role)</li><li>&nbsp;Locking/unlocking a user account</li><li>&nbsp;User&rsquo;s password management</li></ul><strong>User Managed Backup and Recovery</strong><ul><li>&nbsp;Introduction: Backup and Recovery Strategy for user managed backup</li><li>&nbsp;How to backup an Oracle database using COLD BACKUP</li><li>&nbsp;How to backup an Oracle database using HOT BACKUP</li><li>&nbsp;Recovery scenarios using User managed backup</li></ul><strong>RMAN Backup and Recovery</strong><ul><li>&nbsp;RMAN backup of Database, controlfile,Archivelogfiles</li><li>&nbsp;Database backup using RMAN with normal and compressed mode</li><li>&nbsp;Database backup using catalog and no-catalog and virtual catalog</li><li>&nbsp;Querying the backup details using Catalog database</li><li>&nbsp;Benefits of Fast Recovery Area using RMAN backup for storage</li><li>&nbsp;How to backup incremental database</li><li>&nbsp;Recovery scenarios using RMAN</li><li>&nbsp;Tablespace Point in time recovery (TSPITR)</li></ul><strong>Oracle Datapump {Logical backup &amp; Restore}</strong><ul><li>&nbsp;Introduction on Datapump(Expdp,Impdp) Utilities</li><li>&nbsp;Benefits of Logical backup &amp; Physical backup</li><li>&nbsp;Exporting/Importing Tables, Schema Tablespace</li><li>database and Transportable tablespace</li><li>&nbsp;Backup methods using datapump</li></ul><strong>Flashback Feature</strong><ul><li>&nbsp;Types of flashback and their benefits</li><li>&nbsp;Flashback Query, Flashback Table to past time</li><li>&nbsp;Flash back of Recovering Drop tables</li><li>&nbsp;Flashback Archive</li></ul><strong>Oracle Enterprise Manager (grid Control)</strong><ul><li>&nbsp;Introduction</li><li>&nbsp;How to install and configure</li><li>&nbsp;Monitor databases and performance of the databases</li></ul><strong>Cloning</strong><ul><li>&nbsp;Cloning database using RMAN from Active Database</li><li>&nbsp;Cloning database using same datafile storage locations and different datafile</li><li>storage locations</li></ul><strong>Logminer and SQL Loader</strong><ul><li>&nbsp;Reading/Extracting the content of Redologs (Online/Archived)</li></ul><strong>Oracle Dbase Patching/Patch Management</strong><ul><li>&nbsp;Downloading/Applying Interim &amp; Patchset patches using Opatch</li><li>&nbsp;Applying cpu and psu patches</li><li>Oracle DBase Upgradation and Migration</li><li>&nbsp;Upgrating database from 11g to 12c version</li></ul><strong>Oracle Data Guard</strong><ul><li>&nbsp;Oracle Dataguard Architecture</li><li>&nbsp;Creation of physical standby database using RMAN and Manual Method</li><li>&nbsp;How to configure Active standby database and snapshot standby database</li><li>&nbsp;Data guard Modes and Switchover/Failover</li><li>&nbsp;Scenarios on restore and recovery</li></ul><strong>Oracle Automatic Storage Management (ASM)</strong><ul><li>&nbsp;Setup ASM by using Grid Infrastructure Utility</li><li>&nbsp;Database Migration from Non-ASM to ASM</li></ul><strong>Oracle Database Performance Tuning</strong><ul><li>&nbsp;Basic overview on PT and troubleshooting</li><li>&nbsp;Routine Day-to-Day Health Management tasks</li><li>&nbsp;Introduction on Proactive &amp; reactive Tuning</li><li>&nbsp;Diagnostic tools such as Alert logfile, Trace file, TKPROF</li><li>&nbsp;AWR Report, ADDM Report and ASH Report</li></ul><strong>Oracle 12c New Features</strong><ul><li>Introduction, Architecture, Installation &amp; Creation of DBase</li><li>Multi-Tenancy Database (PDB,CDBs)</li><li>SQL Statement &amp; Table level recovery(TPITR) in RMAN</li></ul>Creating a user, Tablesapce &amp; In-memory Area<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 10 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 14:58:38 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher (Video-Based)  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-oracle-business-intelligence-publisher-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						1. Overview<br
/><br
/>2. Installation<br
/><br
/>3. General Navigation and Preference<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Create a new folder<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Uploading a Resource to Catalog<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Setting My Account Preferences<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Configuring Data Sources<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creating a Data Model<br
/><br
/>4. Creating Reports<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creating a new report<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creating a report using report editor<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Viewing a report in interactive view<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creating a Report Job<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Managing Report Job<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Connecting to an Email Server<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Inserting Gauge Chart or a Pivot Table<br
/><br
/>5. Reports using RTF&nbsp;Template<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Building&nbsp;RTF Template in offline mode<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Building an RTF&nbsp;Template in Online Model<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Using Template builder utility - Validate Template<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Using Template builder utility - Field Browser<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Using Template builder utility - Check Accessibility<br
/><br
/>6. Administering BI Publisher<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 3 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 14:53:22 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[Oracle APEX (Video-Based)  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/oracle-apex-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						Oracle Application Express (APEX)&nbsp;is an important tool provided by Oracle for Database and web application development. APEX helps to build web based applications using SQL and PL/SQL.<br
/><br
/>Oracle Application Express administration involves managing an entire Oracle Application Express instance. So, an Oracle APEX administrator is a superuser who manages the entire hosted instance using the Oracle Application Express Administration Services application. Oracle Application Express administrators use the Manage Service page to configure service for an Oracle APEX environment.<br
/><br
/>Oracle APEX is not just a runtime environment, but also a fully featured&nbsp;Web-based Integrated Development Environment (IDE)&nbsp;for applications built with: SQL, PL/SQL and contemporary Web technologies like: HTML, CSS, Javascript, Flash (HTML5, CSS3 and support for mobile devices included out-of-the-box with Responsive Web Design techniques). Oracle APEX is a great choice for database / PL/SQL programmers / Oracle DBAs who would like to try web development, but are not experts with Web technologies.<br
/><br
/><strong><em>The key pages under Oracle Application Express Administration Services include:-</em></strong><br
/><br
/>Instance Administration Home Page&nbsp;- It is the starting point for managing an entire Oracle Application Express instance<br
/><br
/>Manage Instance Page&nbsp;- It is used to configure an Oracle Application Express instance<br
/><br
/>Manage Workspaces Page - It is used to manage workspaces for an Oracle Application Express instance<br
/><br
/><br
/><br
/><strong>Oracle APEX (Application Express)</strong><br
/><br
/><em><strong>Overall topics</strong>:</em><br
/>&nbsp;<ol><li>APEX Basics - Application, Pages and Regions</li><li>APEX Regions - Forms, Reports, Charts</li><li>User Interface, Templates and Themes</li><li>Creating Mobile Application</li><li>APEX Advanced - Security and Performance</li></ol>&nbsp;<br
/><strong><em>Detailed-level course content:</em></strong><ol><li>Workspace</li><li>SQL Workshop</li><li>Application Builder</li><li>Form</li><li>Form with Report</li><li>Master-Detail Form</li><li>Classic Report</li><li>Interactive Report</li><li>Interactive Grid</li><li>Charts</li><li>Menus</li><li>Tree Region</li><li>Authentication</li><li>Authorization</li><li>Public Page</li><li>Templates</li><li>Theme</li><li>JavaScript in APEX</li><li>Dynamic Action</li><li>Validation</li><li>Computation</li><li>Page Process</li><li>Branches</li><li>Custom Process</li><li>Default Value</li><li>Shared Library</li><li>List of Values</li><li>Application Properties</li><li>Page Zero (Page0)</li><li>Performance</li></ol><p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 5 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 14:41:08 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[MongoDB (Video-Based)  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-mongodb-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						MongoDB is a document-oriented data store that is easy to get started with but also scales well as your application grows. It&rsquo;s schemaless nature allows greater flexibility or changing application requirements. It&rsquo;s one of the best databases in terms of developer productivity.<br
/><br
/>MongoDB is also a document-oriented NoSQL database used for high volume data storage. In this course you will learn how Mongodb can be accessed and its important features like indexing, regular expression, sharding data, etc.<br
/><br
/><br
/><em><strong>The primary purpose of building MongoDB is:-</strong></em><br
/><br
/>Scalability<br
/>Performance<br
/><br
/>High Availability<br
/><br
/>Scaling from single server deployments to large, complex multi-site architectures.<br
/><br
/>Key points of MongoDB<br
/><br
/>Develop Faster<br
/><br
/>Deploy Easier<br
/><br
/>Scale Bigger<br
/><br
/><br
/><strong>MongoDB Course Curriculum:-</strong><br
/>&nbsp;&nbsp;<br
/><strong>Objectives</strong>:<ul><li>Develop highly scalable and cost-efficient applications with MongoDB</li><li>Build efficient MongoDB data models for enterprise-scale applications</li><li>Enhance performance with indexing and sharding</li><li>Manage consistency with write concern and read preference</li><li>Process data and compute results with aggregation pipelines and MapReduce By the end of the MongoDB training, the students will be able to:</li><li>Install and setup the MongoDB database</li><li>Use the MongoDB shell to access the database</li><li>Create, retrieve, update and delete data</li><li>Use aggregation queries</li><li>Appreciate the APIs used to interface with MongoDB</li><li>Understand the document based structure of the database</li><li>Use an API to develop applications</li><li>Optimise queries with indexes</li><li>Document based data modelling</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Create document collections</li><li>CRUD operations with the Mongo shell</li><li>Aggregation pipelines</li><li>MongoDB transactions</li><li>MongoDB access using programming languages</li><li>Create indexes</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>Introduction to NoSQL Architecture with MongoDB<ul><li>What Is MongoDB?</li><li>Downloading the required Software</li><li>Installation and Configuration</li><li>MongoDB Advantages</li><li>MongoDB Data Modelling</li><li>MongoDB Tools, Collection and Documents</li><li>Configuration Files</li><li>Touring the File Structure</li><li>Securing the Installation</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>CRUD and the MongoDB Shell<ul><li>Introduction to CRUD</li><li>Introduction to the MongoDB API</li><li>Creating a Database, Collection and Documents</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>Data Modelling and Schema Design<ul><li>MongoDB Database References</li><li>Model Tree Structures</li><li>MongoDB Analyzing Queries</li><li>MongoDB Atomic Operations</li><li>MongoDB Map Reduce</li><li>MongoDB Text Search</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>MongoDB Regular Expression</li><li>MongoDB Capped Collections</li><li>Data Storage</li><li>Working with Datatypes</li><li>Collections</li><li>Document Datatypes</li><li>Creating _id Fields</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>Querying Data<ul><li>Databases and Collections</li><li>Querying Collections</li><li>Working with Operators</li><li>Referencing a Database</li><li>Querying Dates</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>Manipulating Data<ul><li>Inserting Data into Collections</li><li>Updates</li><li>Deletes</li><li>Atomic Operations</li><li>Removing Data</li><li>Capped Collections</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>High Performance Options<ul><li>Creating Indexes</li><li>Manipulating Index Behaviour</li><li>Index Properties</li><li>Specialised Index Types</li><li>Replication</li><li>Sharding</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>Aggregation &nbsp;Framework<ul><li>Aggregating Results</li><li>Single Purpose Functions</li><li>The Aggregation Pipeline</li><li>Date Aggregation Operators</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>Indexing<ul><li>Indexing and Aggregation</li><li>Indexing, query profiling and the query optimizer</li><li>Geospatial Indexes</li><li>Index types, Index Properties</li><li>MongoDB Advanced Indexing</li><li>MongoDB Indexing Limitations</li><li>Aggregation Introduction</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>Replication<ul><li>Replication Concept</li><li>Failover &amp; Recovery</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>Administration<ul><li>MongoDB Deployment and Cluster setup</li><li>MongoDB GridFS</li><li>Trident Spout</li><li>Working with Replica Sets</li><li>MongoDB Sharding</li><li>MongoDB Create Backup</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>Using an API<ul><li>Introducing Drivers</li><li>Java</li><li>PHP</li><li>Ruby</li><li>Python</li></ul><p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 15 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 14:33:08 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[Microsoft Project-Advanced (Video-Based)  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-microsoft-project-advanced-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<strong>Microsoft Project Course Content</strong><br
/><br
/>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Getting Started<br
/>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The Stage<br
/>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The Back Stage<br
/>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Views and Tables<br
/>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Project initiation - part 1<br
/>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Project initiation - part 2<br
/>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Tasks and Milestones<br
/>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Linking Tasks<br
/>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; More on Linking Tasks<br
/>; Creating Resources<br
/>; Advanced Creating Resources<br
/>; Assigning Resources<br
/>; Applying Cost Tables<br
/>; Units Work Duration<br
/>; Handy Features - revised<br
/>; Critical Path Identification<br
/>; Resource Leveling<br
/>; Base Lining<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>Editions of Microsoft Project 2016</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>Microsoft Project has several different editions or versions, based on the needs of the users and organization. Below is a brief overview of the latest versions.<br
/><br
/><br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Project Standard 2016:&nbsp;Allows a single-user to easily create modern reports to measure progress and communicate project details effectively with your team and stakeholders.<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Project Professional 2016:&nbsp;Includes all the capabilities in Project Standard 2016 as well as collaboration capabilities to quickly start and deliver projects while leveraging the power of Office 365 or SharePoint to work from virtually anywhere. This version integrates Skype for Business to call or instant message team members from Project Professional.<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Project Online Professional:&nbsp;Delivers the latest version of Project Professional as a subscription through Office 365. The software is automatically kept up to date (with options for customizable policies) and users on the go can work from the computer of their choice by streaming the complete desktop client with Project on Demand.<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Project Online Essentials:&nbsp;For use with projects that are managed with Project Online or Project Server. Allows team members to access timesheets, manage tasks, add issues and risks, and collaborate from anywhere.<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Project Online Premium:&nbsp;Provides a flexible online solution for project portfolio management (PPM) and everyday work. Delivered through Office 365, Project Online enables organizations to get started, prioritize project portfolio investments and deliver the intended business value&mdash;from virtually anywhere on nearly any device.<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>Project Server 2016</strong>:&nbsp;A flexible, on-premises solution for project portfolio management (PPM) and everyday work. Team members, project participants, and business decision makers can get started, prioritize project portfolio investments and deliver the intended business value from virtually anywhere. This version requires SharePoint 2016, which is licensed separately.<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 8 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 14:24:52 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[Microsoft Project-Beginner (Video-Based)  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-microsoft-project-beginner-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<strong>Course Content:</strong><br
/><br
/>Module 1: Introduction to Microsoft Project<br
/>Learning outcomes:<br
/>Understand how to start Microsoft Project, creating a Project file and navigating through its many commands.<br
/>Topics covered:<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Starting Microsoft Project<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Identify Project Components<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Open, Create and Save a Project<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Getting Help in Project<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Setting Project Options<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Setting Non-Working Time<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>Module 2: Creating a Project Plan<br
/>Learning outcomes:<br
/>Understand how to add project tasks, set task dependencies and constraints.<br
/>Topics covered:<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Setting Manual/Auto Scheduling Modes<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Entering Tasks and Duration<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Adding Task Dependencies<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Adding Constraints and Deadlines<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Adding Recurring Tasks<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>Module 3: Adding and Assigning Resources<br
/>Learning outcomes:<br
/>Effectively adding a pool of resources and assigning the resources to tasks within a project.<br
/>Topics covered:<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Create a Pool of Resources<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Adjust Resource Calendars and Costs<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Assign Resources to Tasks<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>Module 4: Formatting and Printing the Plan<br
/>Learning outcomes:<br
/>Exploring different settings and options to help present and print your Project to professional standards.<br
/>Topics covered:<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Formatting Text &amp; Text Styles<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Formatting the Gantt Chart<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Printing the Gantt Chart<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Running Project Reports<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>Module 5: Tracking Progress<br
/>Learning outcomes:<br
/>How to track a project&#39;s plan effectively by using tools to monitor the progress of tasks.<br
/>Topics covered:<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Saving the Baseline<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Updating Tasks<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Displaying Progress Lines and Tracking Filters<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>Module 6: Appendix &amp; Notes<br
/>Topics covered:<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Terms and Definitions<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Goals of Project Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Process of Project Management<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The Role of the Project Manager<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Planning Methods<br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 3 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 14:02:33 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[Microsoft Excel (Video-Based)  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/microsoft-excel-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						Excel is a spreadsheet program in the Microsoft Office suite of applications used to record, store, manipulate, and analyze data. It has many built-in functions that allow for mathematical and spatial manipulation of data as well as data representation through visualizations. Data is stored in cells, with each cell having a unique address depending on the row and column value of the cell. Regardless of the industry you work in, Microsoft Office Excel is an invaluable spreadsheet program for organizing and representing data. The functions, formulas, and pivot tables in Excel help to aggregate and analyze large sets of information.<br
/><br
/>Microsoft provides classes for you to train your&nbsp;Excel skills. You can take courses ranging in difficulty, depending on your current skill level. Microsoft and the Rochester Institute of Technology provides both beginner level and&nbsp;advanced&nbsp;Excel&nbsp;training&nbsp;and courses. Microsoft provides classes such as Analyzing and Visualizing Data with Excel and Data Processing and Analysis with Excel allow you to learn&nbsp;advanced formulas,&nbsp;data tables,&nbsp;slicers&nbsp;and much more to continuously develop your skills in Excel and learn . You will learn how to create&nbsp;pivot tables,&nbsp;pivot charts,&nbsp;slicers, and much more to fill in gaps in your Excel Knowledge.<br
/><br
/><br
/><strong>Microsoft Excel course curriculum</strong><br
/><br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Introduction to Microsoft Excel<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Key in Data<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Font and Alignment<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Cut, Paste, Format Painter<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Ctrl + Keys<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Home Tab and Clipboard<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; File Tab<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Sorting &amp; Filtering<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Formulas - General, Financial, Logical, Text, Date &amp; Time, Statistical, Array, more<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Dynamic Formulas<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; VLookup &amp; HLookup<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Pivot Tables<br
/>Charts &amp; Graphs<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 10 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 13:57:10 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[JavaScript (Video-Based)  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-javascript-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						This course will introduce you to the basics of the JavaScript language. We will cover concepts such as variables, looping, functions, and even a little bit about debugging tools. You will understand how the Document Object Model (DOM) is used by JavaScript to identify and modify specific parts of your page. After the course, learners will be able to react to DOM Events and dynamically alter the contents and style of their page. The class will culminate in a final project - the creation of an interactive HTML5 form that accepts and verifies input.<br
/><br
/><br
/>Our&nbsp;JavaScript Tutorial&nbsp;is designed for beginners and professionals both. JavaScript is used to create client-side dynamic pages<br
/>.<br
/>JavaScript is&nbsp;an object-based scripting language&nbsp;which is lightweight and cross-platform.<br
/><br
/>JavaScript is not a compiled language, but it is a translated language.<br
/><br
/>The JavaScript Translator (embedded in the browser) is responsible for translating the JavaScript code for the web browser.<br
/><br
/><strong>JavaScript course curriculum</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;&nbsp;<br
/>Some of the main objectives of this course include helping you understand:<br
/>&nbsp;<ul><li>What JavaScript is and where it is used</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Basic programming concepts like variables, data types and conditional statements</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>What functions are and why they&#39;re useful</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Build and use logical statements to make decisions within your code</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Build JavaScript programs leveraging functions, loops and iterative programming constructs</li><li>Make your web pages comes to life with Interactive Content</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Handle data and updating page content without page refreshes using JSON and AJAX</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Incorporating JavaScript into your HTML pages</li></ul><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<ul><li>How to troubleshoot programming problems</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The syntax of the JavaScript programming language</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Implement and maintain hypertext-based Web sites using authoring and scripting languages</li><li>Create Web content</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Use Web management tools and digital media tools</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Apply human-factor principles to design</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Get a strong foundation in JavaScript to become ready for Full Stack Web Development using frameworks like Angular and</li><li>Proceed on your journey for MEAN/MERN web developer career tracks</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<strong>Course Content</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>Introduction to JavaScript<br
/>&nbsp;<ul><li>Introduction to Scripting</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>JavaScript Characteristics</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>JavaScript and Common Programming Concepts</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>JavaScript Flavors and Versions</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Technologies Based on JavaScript</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Server-Side vs. Client-Side Applications</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Annotating Your Code with Comments</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Expanding the Role of JavaScript</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>Working with Variables and Data in JavaScript<br
/>&nbsp;<ul><li>Using JavaScript to Communicate with the User</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<ul><li>Using Data More Than Once: Variables</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>JavaScript Operators</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>JavaScript Expressions</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>JavaScript Alerts and Prompts</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Inline Scripting, Simple User Events and Basic Event Handlers</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>JavaScript Keywords and Reserved Words</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>Functions, Methods and Events in JavaScript<br
/>&nbsp;<ul><li>Introduction to Functions</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Defining a Function</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Calling a Function</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Methods as Functions</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Types of Functions</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>User Events and JavaScript Event Handlers</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>Debugging and Troubleshooting JavaScript<br
/>&nbsp;<ul><li>What Is Debugging?</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Tools for Debugging Code</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Testing Code in Various Browsers</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Debugging Logic Errors</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>JavaScript and Mobile Devices</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>Controlling Program Flow in JavaScript<br
/>&nbsp;<ul><li>Controlling Decisional Program Flow</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The Statement</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The while Statement</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The Statement</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The for Statement</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The break Statement</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The continue Statement</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The switch Statement</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>The JavaScript Document Object Model (DOM)<br
/>&nbsp;<ul><li>The JavaScript Document Object Model (DOM)</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The window Object</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The document Object</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The image Object</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The history Object</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The location Object</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The navigator Object</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The Virtual DOM</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>JavaScript Language Objects<br
/>&nbsp;<ul><li>Introduction to JavaScript Language Objects</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The String Object</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Evaluating Strings</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>JavaScript Regular Expressions</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The Array Object</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The for Each Method</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The Map Method</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The Date Object</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Setting and Extracting Time Information</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The Math Object</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>Custom JavaScript Objects<br
/>&nbsp;<ul><li>Creating Custom Objects</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Creating a JavaScript Object: The Constructor</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Creating an Instance of a Custom Object</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Creating Object Methods</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Creating Functions for Your Objects</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Concept of Classes</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Iterators and Generators</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Call, apply and bind</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>Changing HTML on the Fly<br
/>&nbsp;<ul><li>Changing HTML on the Fly</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Using the getElementById Method</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Using the getElementsByName Method</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Using the getElementsByTagName Method</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Using the getElementsByClassName Method</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Modifying Attributes within the DOM</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Appending Text to the DOM</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>Developing Interactive Forms with JavaScript<br
/>&nbsp;<ul><li>Interactive Forms</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Overview of Form Elements</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Referring to Form Elements</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The form Object</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The input Elements and text Objects</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The textarea object</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The select Object</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Form Validation</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Common form Security Errors</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>JavaScript Security<br
/>&nbsp;<ul><li>Introduction to JavaScript Security Issues</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Browser vs. Operating System</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Browser-Specific Security Issues</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Browser Compatibility and Client-Side Detection</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Script Blocking</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Differences in Among Browsers</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Malicious and Accidental Coding</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Frame-to-Frame URL Changing</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Signed Scripts</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Cross-Site Scripting (XSS)</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Cookies and Security in JavaScript</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Ethics in Collecting, Storing, Using and Protecting User Data</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Creating Secure JavaScript Code</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>JavaScript Libraries and Frameworks<br
/>&nbsp;<ul><li>Introduction to JavaScript Libraries and Frameworks</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Choosing a Code Library</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>External and Pre-made Scripts</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Loading Your First Library</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Using JavaScript Library Plug-ins</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Using Frameworks</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Best Practices with JavaScript Libraries and Frameworks</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Copyright Issues and JavaScript</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>JavaScript and AJAX<br
/>&nbsp;<ul><li>Introduction to AJAX</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Handling Data and Content Types</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Interactions Among JavaScript, Data and HTML</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Using AJAX Scripts</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>AJAX and Servers</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>AJAX and Databases</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Usability Issues with AJAX</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>Combining AJAX with Libraries</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>Introduction to Web APIs<br
/>&nbsp;<ul><li>Web Application Programming Interface (API)</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The Web Storage API</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The Geolocation API</li></ul>&nbsp;<ul><li>The Canvas API</li></ul><p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 35 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 13:47:00 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[Introduction to ERP & SAP (Video-Based)  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-introduction-to-erp-sap-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						The main advantage of using SAP as your company ERP system is that SAP have a very high level of integration among its individual applications which guarantee consistency of data throughout the system and the company itself.<br
/><br
/><br
/>In a standard SAP project system, it is divided into three environments,&nbsp;Development, Quality Assurance and Production.<br
/>The development system is where most of the implementation work takes place.<br
/><br
/>The quality assurance system is where all the final testing is conducted before moving the transports to the production ;<br
/><br
/>The production system is where all the daily business activities ; It is also the client that all the end users use to perform their daily job functions.<br
/><br
/><br
/>To all company, the production system should only contains transport that have passed all the tests.<br
/><br
/><br
/>SAP is a table drive customization ; It allows businesses to make rapid changes in their business requirements with a common set of ;<br
/><br
/>User-exits are provided for business to add in additional source ; Tools such as screen variants are provided to let you set fields attributes whether to hide, display and make them mandatory fields.<br
/><br
/>ERP systems are the kind of software tools which are used to manage the data of an enterprise. ERP system helps different organizations to deal with different departments of an enterprise. Different departments like receiving, inventory management, customer order management, production planning, shipping, accounting, human resource management, and other business functions.<br
/><br
/><strong>Introduction to ERP&nbsp;&amp;&nbsp;SAP&nbsp;course curriculum</strong><br
/><br
/>;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; INTRODUCTION TO ERP<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; ERP Definition<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Characteristics of ERP<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Products of ERP<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Benefits of using ERP<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>;INTRODUCTION TO SAP<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; SAP History<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; SAP Product line<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; New Products of SAP<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Relation of New SAP Products with the core product<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Industry specific Products<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Type of SAP Projects<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Type of SAP Roles<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Architecture of SAP<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; System Landscape<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Types of data used in the SAP system<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>;INITIAL SCREENS<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; How to login to the SAP system<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; SAP Client / GUI<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; SAP Session - What it is<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; How to open a new Session<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Create new Sessions<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Navigation between Sessions<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Transactions and Activities<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Shortcuts or Transaction Codes<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; SAP Easy Access screen<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; SAP IMG screen<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Difference between Easy Access and IMG screens<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>;ENTERPRISE STRUCTURE<br
/>; What is Enterprise Structure<br
/>ii. The different types of Enterprise Structure<br
/>iii. Company structure in real time<br
/>iv. Company structure for each process<br
/>; MM Structure against other process structure<br
/>vi. Enterprise Structure terms in real time against those used in the SAP system<br
/>vii. Definitions of the elements of enterprise structure<br
/>viii. Creation of Enterprise Structure elements in the SAP system<br
/>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;a. Group<br
/>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;b. Company<br
/>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;c. Plant<br
/>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;d. Store<br
/>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;e. Purchasing Department<br
/>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;f. Valuation Area<br
/>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;g. Controlling Area<br
/>ix. Assignment of the Enterprise Structure elements in the SAP system<br
/>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;a. Assign Company to Group<br
/>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;b. Assign Plant to Company<br
/>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;c. Assign Store to Plant<br
/>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;d. Assign Purchasing Departments<br
/>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;e. Assign Controlling Area<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 5 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 13:42:32 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[HTML5 & CSS3 (Video-Based)  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-html5-css3-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						HTML5 is developed to meet the growing demands presented by today&rsquo;s&nbsp;media,&nbsp;cross-device&nbsp;and&nbsp;mobile internet&nbsp;needs. We can say, it is a great tool for&nbsp;cross-platform mobile app development&nbsp;because many of its features have been adapted with the consideration of accessing on low powered devices, including Tablets and Smartphones.<br
/><br
/>To an addition, HTML5 offers one common interface in order to make loading components simpler. For example, HTML5 doesn&rsquo;t require Flash plugin because the element will run by itself.<br
/>HTML5 is supported by the latest web browsers on PCs and tablets. Well, one of the design objectives for HTML5 is to support for multimedia on different mobile devices. New syntactic features were popularized to support audio, video, and canvas tags.<br
/><br
/><br
/><strong>HTML5</strong><br
/><br
/>Introduction<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; History of HTML<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; What you need to do to get going and make your first HTML page<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; What are HTML Tags and Attributes?<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; HTML Tag vs. Element<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; HTML Attributes<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; How to differentiate HTML Document Versions<br
/><br
/>HTML - Basic Formatting Tag<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; HTML Basic Tags<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; HTML Formatting Tags<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; HTML Color Coding<br
/><br
/>HTML - Grouping Using Div Span<br
/>The HTML &lt;div&gt; and &lt;span&gt; element is the generic container for flow content and does not inherently represent anything. Use it to group elements for purposes such as styling (using the class or id attributes), and inline level and block level separation.<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Div and Span Tags for Grouping<br
/><br
/>HTML - Lists<br
/>The HTML &lt;li&gt; element is used to represent an item in a list. It must be contained in a parent<br
/>element: an ordered list (&lt;ol&gt;), an unordered list (&lt;ul&gt;), or a menu (&lt;menu&gt;). In menus and unordered lists,<br
/>list items are usually displayed using bullet points, now we are going to check how to use html list.<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Unordered Lists<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Ordered Lists<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Definition list<br
/><br
/>HTML - Images<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Creating an image<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Choosing alt text<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Responsive image using the srcset attribute<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Responsive image using picture element<br
/><br
/>HTML - Hyperlink &amp; Anchors<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Link to another site<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Link to an anchor Link to a page on the same site Link that dials a number<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Open link in new tab/window<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Link that runs JavaScript Link that runs email client<br
/><br
/>HTML - Tables<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Simple Table<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Spanning columns or rows<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Column Groups<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Table with thead, tbody, tfoot<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Heading scope<br
/><br
/>HTML - iframe<br
/>The HTML &lt;iframe&gt; element represents a nested browsing context, effectively embedding another HTML page into the current page. This module will help you make use of iframe tag.<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Attributes Using<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; iframe as the Target<br
/><br
/>HTML - Forms<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Submitting<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Target attribute in form tag<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Uploading Files<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Grouping a few input elds<br
/><br
/>HTML - Headers<br
/>The HTML &lt;head&gt; element provides general information (metadata) about the document,<br
/>including its title and links to its scripts and style sheets.<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Title<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Base<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Link<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Styles<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Script<br
/><br
/>HTML - Miscellaneous<br
/>The HTML &lt;Meta&gt; element represents metadata that cannot be represented by other HTML<br
/>meta-related elements, like &lt;base&gt;, &lt;link&gt;, &lt;script&gt;, &lt;style&gt; or &lt;title&gt;. This module will help you learn Meta<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Tags, xhtml and deprecated tags<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; HTML Meta Tag<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; XHTML<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; HTML Deprecated Tags &amp; Attributes<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>CSS3</strong><br
/><br
/>CSS Introduction<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; CSS Syntax<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; CSS Id &amp; Class<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; CSS Styling<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Styling Backgrounds<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Styling Text<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Styling Fonts<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Styling Links<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Styling Lists<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Styling Tables<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; CSS Box Model<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; CSS Border<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; CSS Outline<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; CSS Margin<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; CSS Padding<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; CSS Advanced<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; CSS Grouping/Nesting<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; CSS Dimension<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; CSS Display<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; CSS Positioning<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; CSS Floating<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; CSS Align<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; CSS Navigation Bar<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; CSS Image Gallery<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; CSS Image Opacity<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; CSS Image Sprites<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; CSS Media Types<br
/><br
/>Selectors and Pseudo Classes<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Attribute Selectors<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The Target Pseudo-Class<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; UI Element States Pseudo-Classes<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Negation Pseudo-Class<br
/>&middot;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Structural Pseudo-Classes<br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Duration: Upto 15 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 13:35:47 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[JSP (Java Server Pages) (Video-Based)  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-google-sheets-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						JSP&nbsp;technology is used to create web application just like Servlet technology. It can be thought of as an extension to Servlet because it provides more functionality than servlet such as expression language, JSTL, etc.<br
/><br
/>A JSP page consists of HTML tags and JSP tags. The JSP pages are easier to maintain than Servlet because we can separate designing and development. It provides some additional features such as Expression Language, Custom Tags, etc.<br
/><br
/>JSP&nbsp;is a server side technology that does all the processing at server. It is used for creating dynamic web applications, using java as programming language.<br
/><br
/><br
/>Basically, any html file can be converted to JSP file by just changing the file extension from &ldquo;.html&rdquo; to &ldquo;.jsp&rdquo;, it would run just fine. What differentiates JSP from HTML is the ability to use java code inside HTML. In JSP, you can embed Java code in HTML using JSP tags. for  run the code below, every time you run this, it would display the current time. That is what makes this code dynamic<br
/><br
/><strong>JSP (Java Server Pages) - Course Syllabus</strong><br
/><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><em>Topics covered</em><ol><li>Introduction to Web</li><li>Introduction to JSP</li><li>Directory Structure</li><li>Lifecycle JSP</li><li>Scripting Elements - part 1</li><li>Scripting Elements - part 2</li><li>Scripting Elements - part 3</li><li>Implicit Object Request</li><li>Implicit Project - part 1</li><li>Implicit Project - part 2</li><li>Implicit Project (Login) - part 3</li><li>Implicit Project (Reg) - part 4</li><li>Implicit Project - part 5</li><li>Implicit Project (Output) - part 6</li><li>Directives Page - part 1</li><li>Directive Page - part 2</li><li>Directive Include - part 1</li><li>Directive Include - part 2</li><li>JSP Action Tag - Usebean - part 1</li><li>JSP Action Tag - Usebean - part 2</li><li>JSP Action Tag - Usebean - part 3</li><li>JSP - Include Action Tag - part 1</li><li>JSP - Include Action - part 2</li><li>JSP - Forward Action - part 1</li><li>JSP - Forward Action - part 2</li><li>Expression Language - part 1</li><li>Expression Language (Param) - part 2</li><li>Expression Language - part 3</li><li>Expression Language (RequestScope) - part 4</li><li>Java Bean using Expression Language - part 1</li><li>Java Bean using Expression Language - part 2</li><li>Java Bean using Expression Language - part 3</li><li>JSTL Core - part 1</li><li>JSTL Core - part 2</li><li>JSTL Core (URL) - part 3</li><li>JSTL SQL - part 1</li><li>JSTL SQL (Update) - part 2</li><li>JSTL SQL Update - part 3</li><li>SQL Param</li><li>JSTL - Function - part 1</li><li>JSTL - Function - part 2</li><li>JSTL - Function - part 3</li><li>MVC in JSP - part 1</li><li>MVC in JSP - part 2</li></ol>&nbsp;<br
/><em>Detailed-level list of topics covered</em><br
/><strong>1. Web Applications</strong><ul><li>Server-Side Programming</li><li>Web Protocols and Web Applications</li><li>Role of Web Servers</li><li>Java Servlets</li><li>Using Tomcat Web server</li><li>Structure of a Java Servlet</li></ul><strong>2. Servlets Architecture</strong><ul><li>Servlets Architecture</li><li>Servlet and HttpServlet</li><li>Request and Response</li><li>Reading Request Parameters</li><li>Producing an HTML Response</li><li>Redirecting the Web Server</li><li>Deployment Descriptors</li><li>Servlets Life Cycle</li><li>Relationship to the Container</li></ul><strong>3. Interactive Web Applications</strong><ul><li>Building an HTML Interface</li><li>HTML Forms</li><li>Handling Form Input</li><li>Application Architecture</li><li>Single-Servlet Model</li><li>Multiple-Servlet Model</li><li>Routing Servlet Model</li><li>Template Parsers</li></ul><strong>4. Session Management</strong><ul><li>Managing Client State</li><li>Sessions</li><li>Session Implementations</li><li>HttpSession</li><li>Session Attributes</li><li>Session Events</li><li>Invalidating Sessions</li></ul><strong>5. Configuration and Context</strong><ul><li>The Need for Configuration</li><li>Initialization Parameters</li><li>Properties Files</li><li>JNDI and the Component Environment</li><li>JDBC Data Sources</li><li>Working with XML Data</li></ul><strong>6. Filters</strong><ul><li>Servlet Filters</li><li>Uses for Filters</li><li>Building a Filter</li><li>Filter Configuration and Context</li><li>Filter Chains</li><li>Deploying Filters</li></ul><strong>7. Database and SQL Fundamentals</strong><ul><li>Relational Databases and SQL</li><li>SQL Versions and Code Portability</li><li>Database, Schema, Tables, Columns and Rows</li><li>DDL - Creating and Managing Database Objects</li><li>DML - Retrieving and Managing Data</li><li>Sequences</li><li>Stored Procedures</li><li>Result Sets and Cursors</li><li>Using SQL Terminals</li></ul><strong>8. JDBC Fundamentals</strong><ul><li>What is the JDBC API?</li><li>JDBC Drivers</li><li>Making a Connection</li><li>Creating and Executing a Statement</li><li>Retrieving Values from a ResultSet</li><li>SQL and Java Datatypes</li><li>SQL NULL Versus Java null</li><li>Creating and Updating Tables</li><li>Handling SQL Exceptions and Proper Cleanup</li><li>Handling SQLWarning</li></ul><strong>9. Advanced JDBC</strong><ul><li>SQL Escape Syntax</li><li>Using Prepared Statements</li><li>Using Callable Statements</li><li>Scrollable Result Sets</li><li>Updatable Result Sets</li><li>Transactions</li><li>Commits, Rollbacks, and Savepoints</li><li>Batch Processing</li><li>Alternatives to JDBC</li></ul><strong>10. Introduction to Row Sets</strong><ul><li>Row Sets in GUI and J2EE programming</li><li>Advantages of RowSets</li><li>RowSet Specializations</li><li>Using CachedRowSets</li></ul><strong>11. JSP Architecture</strong><ul><li>JSP Containers</li><li>Servlet Architecture</li><li>Page Translation</li><li>Types of JSP Content</li><li>Directives</li><li>Content Type</li><li>Buffering</li><li>Scripting Elements</li><li>JSP Expressions</li><li>Standard Actions</li><li>Custom Actions and JSTL</li><li>Objects and Scopes</li><li>Implicit Objects</li><li>JSP Lifecycle</li></ul><strong>12. Scripting Elements</strong><ul><li>Translation of Template Content</li><li>Scriptlets</li><li>Expressions</li><li>Declarations</li><li>Dos and Don&#39;ts</li><li>Implicit Objects for Scriptlets</li><li>The request Object</li><li>The response Object</li><li>The out Object</li></ul><strong>13. Interactive JSP Applications</strong><ul><li>HTML Forms</li><li>Reading CGI Parameters</li><li>JSPs and Java Classes</li><li>Error Handling</li><li>Session Management</li><li>The Session API</li><li>Cookies and JSP</li></ul><strong>14. Using JavaBeans</strong><ul><li>Separating Presentation and Business Logic</li><li>JSP Actions</li><li>JavaBeans</li><li>Working with Properties</li><li>&lt;jsp:useBean&gt;</li><li>&lt;jsp:getProperty&gt; and &lt;jsp:setProperty&gt;</li><li>Using Form Parameters with Beans</li><li>Objects and Scopes</li><li>Working with Vectors</li></ul><strong>15. The Expression Language and the JSTL</strong><ul><li>Going Scriptless</li><li>The JSP Expression Language</li><li>EL Syntax</li><li>Type Coercio</li><li>Error Handling</li><li>Implicit Objects for EL</li><li>The JSP Standard Tag Library</li><li>Role of JSTL</li><li>The Core Actions</li><li>Using Beans with JSTL</li><li>The Formatting Actions</li><li>Scripts vs. EL/JSTL</li></ul><strong>16. Advanced JSP Features</strong><ul><li>Web Components</li><li>Forwarding</li><li>Inclusion</li><li>Passing Parameters</li><li>Custom Tag Libraries</li><li>Tag Library Architecture</li><li>Implementing in Java or JSP</li><li>Threads</li><li>Strategies for Thread Safety</li><li>XML and JSP</li></ul><strong>17. JSP for Web Services</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Discount: 90% off through Laimoon!</p><p>Duration: Upto 15 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 13:23:01 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[SAP ABAP on HANA (Video-Based)  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-asset-accounting-in-sap-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						<em><strong>SAP ABAP on HANA:-</strong></em><br
/><br
/>ABAP (development) for SAP HANA&nbsp;refers to all developments which leverage the power of SAP HANA within ABAP-based applications. In this context, the SAP HANA platform is the primary database underlying the ABAP platform.<br
/><br
/>All SAP products are moving to SAP HANA, this demands SAP ABAP NetWeaver Application Server to leverage the features and capabilities of the SAP HANA database. ABAP for SAP HANA refers to all developments which leverage the power of SAP HANA within ABAP applications. In this course, the instructor introduces you to the fundamental skills needed to understand&nbsp; ABAP development for SAP HANA programming concepts and start creating your own ABAP for HANA ;<br
/><br
/>SAP is not just a course or training, it is an investment that will help boost your career. Today, this is the career path that will sustain for a longer period of time. Learning SAP courses will build a strong skill-set in your portfolio. SAP technology is still booming, yet you have to keep up with the technology &amp; changing market trends with a lot of growth opportunities.<br
/><br
/><br
/><em><strong>There are mainly 3 roles in SAP HANA from developers point of view.</strong></em><br
/><br
/>1. SAP HANA native developer<br
/>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;Main skills required : HANA modeling Attribute, Analytic and Calculation views, Native HANA SQL Scripting<br
/>2. SAP ABAP development for HANA<br
/>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;Main skills required : ABAP, ABAP CDS, AMDP procedures<br
/>3. SAP UI5 FIORI<br
/>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;Main skills required: SAPUI5, JavaScript, CSS, HTML5.<br
/><br
/><strong><em>Course Syllabus:-</em></strong><br
/>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>Unit 1:&nbsp;Introduction</strong><ol><li>SAP HANA Basics and Technical Concepts</li><li>Introducing the SAP HANA Studio</li><li>ABAP and SAP HANA</li><li>Introducing the ABAP Development Tools (ADT)</li></ol>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>Unit 2:&nbsp;Database Independent Code-to-Data</strong><ol><li>Classical Open SQL and Its Limitations</li><li>New Open SQL</li><li>Core Data Services in ABAP</li><li>Associations in Core Data Services</li><li>Core Data Services with Input Parameters</li><li>Incorporating Authorization Checks with CDS</li></ol>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>Unit 3:&nbsp;SQL and SQL Script Basics for SAP HANA</strong><ol><li>Reading data from a table or view</li><li>Calculated Columns and Functions</li><li>Duplicate Elimination</li><li>Sorting and limiting result sets</li><li>The WHERE clause</li><li>Aggregating and grouping data</li><li>SQL Script basics</li></ol>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>Unit 4:&nbsp;SAP HANA specific Code-to-Data</strong><ol><li>ABAP Database Connectivity (ADBC)</li><li>Native SQL Syntax</li><li>ABAP-Managed Database Procedures</li><li>Debugging ABAP-Managed Database Procedures</li><li>Core Data Services with Table Function</li></ol>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>Unit 5:&nbsp;SAP HANA Proxy Objects</strong><ol><li>Creating and using External Views</li><li>Database Procedure Proxies</li><li>HANA Transport Container</li></ol>&nbsp;<br
/><strong>Unit 6:&nbsp;Advanced Topics</strong><ol><li>Using SAP HANA Full-Text Search in ABAP</li><li>Enabling input fields for type-ahead search</li><li>SAP List Viewer (ALV) for SAP HANA</li></ol><p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Discount: 90% off through Laimoon!</p><p>Duration: Upto 30 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 13:12:02 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[Java Servlets (Video-Based)  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-accounts-receivable-in-sap-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						Servlet is a java program that runs inside JVM on the web server. It is used for developing dynamic web applications.<br
/><br
/>Servlets are Java classes that conform to the Java Servlet API, which allows a Java class to respond to requests. Although servlets can respond to any type of request, they are most commonly written to respond to web-based requests. A servlet must be deployed to a Java servlet container in order to become usable.<br
/><br
/>Although many developers use servlet frameworks such as&nbsp;Java Server Pages (JSP)&nbsp;and&nbsp;Java Server Faces (JSF), both of those technologies compile pages into Java servlets behind the scenes via the servlet container. That said, a&nbsp;fundamental knowledge of Java servlet technology&nbsp;could be very useful for any Java web developer.<br
/><br
/>Servlet&nbsp;Technology is used to create web ;Servlet&nbsp;technology uses Java language to create web applications.<br
/><br
/>Web applications are helper applications that resides at web server and build dynamic web pages. A dynamic page could be anything like a page that randomly chooses picture to display or even a page that displays the current time.<br
/><br
/><strong>Java Servlets - course syllabus</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<ul><li>Introduction to World Wide Web</li><li>Understanding static and Dynamic webpages</li><li>How to create a HelloWorld application using servlets</li><li>Servlet interface, Generic and Http Servlet interfaces</li><li>Annotation and Xml based configuration in Servlets</li><li>Difference between Get &amp; Post</li><li>How Servlet works (Life cycle)</li><li>Load On Start-up Configuration</li><li>Request Scope in Servlets</li><li>Request Dispatcher interface</li><li>Inter-servlet communication using Response</li><li>Servlet Config</li><li>Servlet Context</li><li>Session Tracking using cookies</li><li>Hidden Form Fields</li><li>URL Rewriting</li><li>Http Session</li><li>Filters in servlets</li><li>Filter Config</li><li>Database connection in servlets</li><li>CRUD operations using servlets to mysql database</li><li>Events and Listeners in servlets</li><li>Servlet Context Listener</li><li>Http Session Listener</li></ul>&nbsp;<br
/>&nbsp;<p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Discount: 90% off through Laimoon!</p><p>Duration: Upto 11 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 13:04:53 +04</pubDate>				</item> 								<item><title><![CDATA[Accounts Receivable in SAP  - Uplatz , Online ]]></title><link>https://courses.laimoon.com/course/part-time-accounts-payable-in-sap-video-based-uplatz/online</link>				  <description>				  <![CDATA[						Companies need Accounts Receivable (A/R) analysts with SAP knowledge. Be ahead of the competition and learn the common A/R end user functions, transactions and reports used to process your customers and incoming payments. Essential for Accountants, Managers, and Analysts in companies that run SAP.<br
/><br
/>Accounts Receivable in SAP&nbsp;FI records and manages accounting data of all customers. It is also an integral part of sales management. All postings in Accounts Receivable are recorded directly in the General Ledger. Different G/L accounts are updated depending on the transaction involved (for example, receivables, down payments, and bills of exchange). The system contains a range of tools that you can use to monitor open items such as account analyses, alarm reports, due date lists, and a flexible dunning program. The correspondence linked to these tools can be individually formulated to suit your requirements. This is also the case for payment notices, balance confirmations, account statements, and interest calculations. Incoming payments can be assigned to due receivables using user-friendly screen functions or by electronic means such as EDI.<br
/><br
/><strong><em>At the end of the SAP&nbsp;Accounts Receivable training, you will have knowledge of these high-level topics:-</em></strong><br
/><br
/>Learn how accounts receivable business processes are run in FI<br
/><br
/>Perform your routine tasks: customer invoices, down payments, and more<br
/><br
/>Reset, reverse, change, and display key FI-AR documents.<br
/><br
/><strong>Course Curriculum &ndash; Accounts Receivable in SAP</strong><br
/>&nbsp;<ul><li>Creation of customer account groups</li><li>Creation of number ranges for customer master records</li><li>Assignment of number ranges for customer account groups</li><li>Creation of tolerance group for customers</li><li>Creation of customer master (display/change/block/unblock of vendor master)</li><li>Posting of customer transactions (sales invoice posting, payment posting, debit memo)</li><li>Display customer balances and G/L Balances</li><li>Configuration Settings for advance payment from customers (down payment)</li><li>Configuration settings for terms of payment to customers</li><li>Configuration of settings for dunning</li><li>Generating the dunning letters</li><li>Defining correspondence and party statement of accounts</li><li>Bills of exchange</li><li>Posting of sales returns.</li></ul><p>Cost: 10 GBP</p><p>Discount: 90% off through Laimoon!</p><p>Duration: Upto 30 Hours</p>					]]>				  </description>				  <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2020 12:47:43 +04</pubDate>				</item> 					</channel></rss>
<!-- Apr 21, 2026 22:53:06 -->